This change introduces long options for ztest. It builds the usage
message as well as the long_options array from a single table. It also
adds #defines for the default values.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Manoj Joseph <manoj.joseph@delphix.com>
Closes#12117
The change correctly handles BrokenPipeError and improves the
associated tests.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Rich Ercolani <rincebrain@gmail.com>
Closes#12037Closes#12036
Propagate vdev child state to parents on invalid label
Add VDEV_AUX_BAD_LABEL to print_import_config()
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Srikanth N S <srikanth.nagasubbaraoseetharaman@hpe.com>
Signed-off-by: Vipin Kumar Verma <vipin.verma@hpe.com>
Closes#12088
One space is missing from zdb -h output causing strings to be concatenated. (fixing #11940)
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
Closes #12098
zstreamdump(8) was in quite a bad state,
and the wrapper didn't work if invoked without /sbin in $PATH
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#12015
execl*() before glibc 2.24 could allocate, but only if called with at
least 1024 arguments, which five isn't
errno modification is also fine, so long as we restore it at the end
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#12086
Add zed_notify_pushover to zed-functions.sh, along with the necessary
configuration variables in zed.rc.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Signed-off-by: Scott Colby <scott@scolby.com>
Closes#12012
Afterward, git grep ZoL matches:
* README.md: * [ZoL Site](https://zfsonlinux.org)
- Correct
* etc/default/zfs.in:# ZoL userland configuration.
- Changing this would induce a needless upgrade-check,
if the user has modified the configuration;
this can be updated the next time the defaults change
* module/zfs/dmu_send.c: * ZoL < 0.7 does not handle [...]
- Before 0.7 is ZoL, so fair enough
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Issue #11956
This can be very easily triggered by adding a sleep(1) before
the wait4() on a PID-starved system: the reaper thread would wait
for a child before its entry appeared, letting old entries accumulate:
Invoking "all-debug.sh" eid=3021 pid=391
Finished "(null)" eid=0 pid=391 time=0.002432s exit=0
Invoking "all-syslog.sh" eid=3021 pid=336
Finished "(null)" eid=0 pid=336 time=0.002432s exit=0
Invoking "history_event-zfs-list-cacher.sh" eid=3021 pid=347
Invoking "all-debug.sh" eid=3022 pid=349
Finished "history_event-zfs-list-cacher.sh" eid=3021 pid=347
time=0.001669s exit=0
Finished "(null)" eid=0 pid=349 time=0.002404s exit=0
Invoking "all-syslog.sh" eid=3022 pid=370
Finished "(null)" eid=0 pid=370 time=0.002427s exit=0
Invoking "history_event-zfs-list-cacher.sh" eid=3022 pid=391
avl_find(tree, new_node, &where) == NULL
ASSERT at ../../module/avl/avl.c:641:avl_add()
Thread 1 "zed" received signal SIGABRT, Aborted.
By employing this wider lock, we atomise [wait, remove] and [fork, add]:
slowing down the reaper thread now just causes some zombies
to accumulate until it can get to them
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11963Closes#11965
While OpenZFS does permit breaking changes to the libzfs API, we should
avoid these changes when reasonably possible, and take steps to mitigate
the impact to consumers when changes are necessary.
Commit e4288a8397 made a libzfs API change that is especially
difficult for consumers because there is no change to the function
signatures, only to their behavior. Therefore, consumers can't notice
that there was a change at compile time. Also, the API change was
incompletely and incorrectly documented.
The commit message mentions `zfs_get_prop()` [sic], but all callers of
`get_numeric_property()` are impacted: `zfs_prop_get()`,
`zfs_prop_get_numeric()`, and `zfs_prop_get_int()`.
`zfs_prop_get_int()` always calls `get_numeric_property(src=NULL)`, so
it assumes that the filesystem is not mounted. This means that e.g.
`zfs_prop_get_int(ZFS_PROP_MOUNTED)` always returns 0.
The documentation says that to preserve the previous behavior, callers
should initialize `*src=ZPROP_SRC_NONE`, and some callers were changed
to do that. However, the existing behavior is actually preserved by
initializing `*src=ZPROP_SRC_ALL`, not `NONE`.
The code comment above `zfs_prop_get()` says, "src: ... NULL will be
treated as ZPROP_SRC_ALL.". However, the code actually treats NULL as
ZPROP_SRC_NONE. i.e. `zfs_prop_get(src=NULL)` assumes that the
filesystem is not mounted.
There are several existing calls which use `src=NULL` which are impacted
by the API change, most noticeably those used by `zfs list`, which now
assumes that filesystems are not mounted. For example,
`zfs list -o name,mounted` previously indicated whether a filesystem was
mounted or not, but now it always (incorrectly) indicates that the
filesystem is not mounted (`MOUNTED: no`). Similarly, properties that
are set at mount time are ignored. E.g. `zfs list -o name,atime` may
display an incorrect value if it was set at mount time.
To address these problems, this commit reverts commit e4288a8397bb1f:
"zfs get: don't lookup mount options when using "-s local""
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11999
Also minor clean-up with folding state_to_val() into a case,
unrolling the lesser-available seq into numbers,
ignoring vdev states we don't care about,
and documentation comments
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11934Closes#11935
We only recognize some history records, instead, use
same logic as in print_history_records() in zpool_main.c.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
Closes#11940
Looking up mount options can be very expensive on servers with many
mounted file systems. When doing "zfs get" with any "-s" option that
does not include "temporary", the mount list will never be used. This
commit optimizes for that case.
This is a breaking commit for libzfs! Callers of zfs_get_prop are now
required to initialize src. To preserve existing behavior, they should
initialize it to ZPROP_SRC_NONE.
Sponsored by: Axcient
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alan Somers <asomers@gmail.com>
Closes#11955
Under function map_slot() variable passed as args
were not getting properly substituted or expanded.
This patch fixes the substitution issue.
Reviewed-by: Niklas Edmundsson <nikke@acc.umu.se>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arshad Hussain <arshad.hussain@aeoncomputing.com>
Closes#11951Closes#11959
If zdb is not built with DEBUG mode, the ASSERT macros will be
eliminated.
This will leave vim defined, but not used (gcc warning) and
checkpoint spacemap validation loop will do nothing.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
Closes#11932
As soon as wait4() returns, fork() can immediately return with the same
PID, and race to lock _launched_processes_lock, then try to add the new
(duplicate) PID to _launched_processes, which asserts
By locking before wait4(), we ensure, that, given that same
unfortunate scheduling, _launched_processes_lock cannot be locked by the
spawner before we pop the process in the reaper, and only afterward will
it be added
This moves where the reaper idles when there are children from the
wait4() to the pause(), locking for the duration of that single syscall
in both the no-children and running-children cases; the impact of this
is one to two syscalls (depending on _launched_processes_lock state)
per loop
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11924Closes#11928
This replaces the generic libspl atomic.c atomics implementation
with one based on builtin gcc atomics. This functionality was added
as an experimental feature in gcc 4.4. Today even CentOS 7 ships
with gcc 4.8 as the default compiler we can make this the default.
Furthermore, the builtin atomics are as good or better than our
hand-rolled implementation so it's reasonable to drop that custom code.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11904
Also don't dup /dev/null over stdio if daemonised
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11891
Do not (incorrectly, right instead left) pad health string itself,
it will be taken care of when printing property value below.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuri Pankov <yuripv@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11899
All users did a freopen() on it. Even some non-users did!
This is point-less ‒ just open the mtab when needed
If I understand Solaris' getextmntent(3C) correctly, the non-user
freopen()s are very likely an odd, twisted vestigial tail of that ‒
but it's got a completely different calling convention and caching
semantics than any platform we support
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11868
Several improvements to the operation of the 'compatibility' property:
1) Improved handling of unrecognized features:
Change the way unrecognized features in compatibility files are handled.
* invalid features in files under /usr/share/zfs/compatibility.d
only get a warning (as these may refer to future features not yet in
the library),
* invalid features in files under /etc/zfs/compatibility.d
get an error (as these are presumed to refer to the current system).
2) Improved error reporting from zpool_load_compat.
Note: slight ABI change to zpool_load_compat for better error reporting.
3) compatibility=legacy inhibits all 'zpool upgrade' operations.
4) Detect when features are enabled outside current compatibility set
* zpool set compatibility=foo <-- print a warning
* zpool set feature@xxx=enabled <-- error
* zpool status <-- indicate this state
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org>
Closes#11861
Dunno, maybe it's just me, but the previous style was /really/ confusing
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11860
It's all of 40 bytes with 4-byte pointers and 64 with 8-byte ones
(previously 44 and 88, respectively) ‒
there's no reason it can't live on the stack
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11860
No users, fields marked "reserved for future use", macros defined to 0
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11860
No users, nobody sets it, main() hard-codes LOG_DAEMON, which is the
only correct value for this
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11860
Users passed in EXIT_SUCCESS and EXIT_FAILURE, despite it being a bool
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11860
A tentative implementation and discussion was done in #5285.
According to it a send --skip-missing|-s flag has been added.
In a replication stream, when there are snapshots missing in
the hierarchy, if -s is provided print a warning and ignore
dataset (and its children) instead of throwing an error
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Correa Gómez <ablocorrea@hotmail.com>
Closes#11710
list_zvols() would happily, for zvols with spaces in their names,
assign the second half to volmode, &c., so use a normal read
and set IFS to a tab instead of using 4 separate AWK processes(?)
Similarly, in filter_out_deleted_zvols(), run zfs(8) once and use the
output directly instead of spawning a zfs(8) process per zvol
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11859
We set SA_RESTART early on, which will prevent EINTRs (indeed, to the
point of needing to clear it in the reaper, since it interferes with
pause(2)), which is the only error zed_file_write_n() actually handled
(plus, the pid write is no bigger than 12 bytes anyway)
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11834
These events should currently never be generated.
Also untag _zed_event_add_nvpair() from merge with
zpool_do_events_nvprint() ‒ they serve different purposes (machine,
usually script vs human consumption) and format the output differently
as it stands
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11834
Same deal as zed_file_close_on_exec()
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11834
And add a note on /why/ ZEDLETs need to be owned by root
Quoth chown(2), Linux man-pages project:
Only a privileged process (Linux: one with the CAP_CHOWN capability)
may change the owner of a file.
Quoth chown(2), FreeBSD:
[EPERM] The operation would change the ownership,
but the effective user ID is not the super-user.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11834
There simply isn't a need for one, since the flags the daemon takes
are all short (mostly just toggles) and administrative in nature,
and are therefore better served by the age-old tradition of sourcing an
environment file and preparing the cmdline in the init-specific handler
itself, if needed at all
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11834
/dev/fd on Darwin
Consider the following strace output:
prlimit64(0, RLIMIT_NOFILE, NULL, {rlim_cur=1024, rlim_max=1024*1024}) = 0
Yes, that is well over a million file descriptors!
This reduces the ZED start-up time from "at least a second" to
"instantaneous", and, under strace, from "don't even try" to "usable"
by simple virtue of doing five syscalls instead of over a million;
in most cases the main loop does nothing
Recent Linuxes (5.8+) have close_range(2) for this, but that's an
overoptimisation (and libcs don't have wrappers for it yet)
This is also run by the ZEDLET pre-exec. Compare:
Finished "all-syslog.sh" eid=13 pid=6717 time=1.027100s exit=0
Finished "history_event-zfs-list-cacher.sh" eid=13 pid=6718 time=1.046923s exit=0
to
Finished "all-syslog.sh" eid=12 pid=4834 time=0.001836s exit=0
Finished "history_event-zfs-list-cacher.sh" eid=12 pid=4835 time=0.001346s exit=0
lol
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11834
zpool list, which is the only user, would mistakenly try to parse the
empty string as the interval in this case:
$ zpool list "a"
cannot open 'a': no such pool
$ zpool list ""
interval cannot be zero
usage: <usage string follows>
which is now symmetric with zpool get:
$ zpool list ""
cannot open '': name must begin with a letter
Avoid breaking the "interval cannot be zero" string.
There simply isn't a need for this, and it's user-facing.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11841Closes#11843
Correct an assortment of typos throughout the code base.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Closes#11774
200ms time-out is relatively long, but if we already hit the cap,
then we'll likely be able to spawn multiple new jobs when we wake up
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11807
The FIXME comment was there since the initial implementation in 2014,
there are no users
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11807
Update the fsck.zfs helper to bubble up some already-known-about
errors if they are detected in the pool.
health=degraded => 4/"Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
health=faulted && dataset in /etc/fstab => 8/"Operational error"
pool not found => 8/"Operational error"
everything else => 0
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11806
ZoL 0.6.1 introduced feature flags with the three features that all
implementations at the time were guaranteed to have. 0.6.4 introduced
a few more until 0.6.5 added two after that. OpenZFS 2.1 added the
dRAID feature.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Mike Swanson <mikeonthecomputer@gmail.com>
Closes#11818
When a child process is killed waitpid() must be called on the
pid the reap the zombie process.
Update BUGS section to reflect reality by replacing "zedlets
aren't time limited with "zedlets can be interrupted".
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11769Closes#11798
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Closes#11775
If TX_WRITE is create on a file, and the file is later deleted and a new
directory is created on the same object id, it is possible that when
zil_commit happens, zfs_get_data will be called on the new directory.
This may result in panic as it tries to do range lock.
This patch fixes this issue by record the generation number during
zfs_log_write, so zfs_get_data can check if the object is valid.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#10593Closes#11682
The RAIDZ and DRAID code is responsible for reporting checksum errors on
their child vdevs. Checksum errors represent events where a disk
returned data or parity that should have been correct, but was not. In
other words, these are instances of silent data corruption. The
checksum errors show up in the vdev stats (and thus `zpool status`'s
CKSUM column), and in the event log (`zpool events`).
Note, this is in contrast with the more common "noisy" errors where a
disk goes offline, in which case ZFS knows that the disk is bad and
doesn't try to read it, or the device returns an error on the requested
read or write operation.
RAIDZ/DRAID generate checksum errors via three code paths:
1. When RAIDZ/DRAID reconstructs a damaged block, checksum errors are
reported on any children whose data was not used during the
reconstruction. This is handled in `raidz_reconstruct()`. This is the
most common type of RAIDZ/DRAID checksum error.
2. When RAIDZ/DRAID is not able to reconstruct a damaged block, that
means that the data has been lost. The zio fails and an error is
returned to the consumer (e.g. the read(2) system call). This would
happen if, for example, three different disks in a RAIDZ2 group are
silently damaged. Since the damage is silent, it isn't possible to know
which three disks are damaged, so a checksum error is reported against
every child that returned data or parity for this read. (For DRAID,
typically only one "group" of children is involved in each io.) This
case is handled in `vdev_raidz_cksum_finish()`. This is the next most
common type of RAIDZ/DRAID checksum error.
3. If RAIDZ/DRAID is not able to reconstruct a damaged block (like in
case 2), but there happens to be additional copies of this block due to
"ditto blocks" (i.e. multiple DVA's in this blkptr_t), and one of those
copies is good, then RAIDZ/DRAID compares each sector of the data or
parity that it retrieved with the good data from the other DVA, and if
they differ then it reports a checksum error on this child. This
differs from case 2 in that the checksum error is reported on only the
subset of children that actually have bad data or parity. This case
happens very rarely, since normally only metadata has ditto blocks. If
the silent damage is extensive, there will be many instances of case 2,
and the pool will likely be unrecoverable.
The code for handling case 3 is considerably more complicated than the
other cases, for two reasons:
1. It needs to run after the main raidz read logic has completed. The
data RAIDZ read needs to be preserved until after the alternate DVA has
been read, which necessitates refcounts and callbacks managed by the
non-raidz-specific zio layer.
2. It's nontrivial to map the sections of data read by RAIDZ to the
correct data. For example, the correct data does not include the parity
information, so the parity must be recalculated based on the correct
data, and then compared to the parity that was read from the RAIDZ
children.
Due to the complexity of case 3, the rareness of hitting it, and the
minimal benefit it provides above case 2, this commit removes the code
for case 3. These types of errors will now be handled the same as case
2, i.e. the checksum error will be reported against all children that
returned data or parity.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11735
Importing a pool using the cachefile is ideal to reduce the time
required to import a pool. However, if the devices associated with
a pool in the cachefile have changed, then the import would fail.
This can easily be corrected by doing a normal import which would
then read the pool configuration from the labels.
The goal of this change is make importing using a cachefile more
resilient and auto-correcting. This is accomplished by having
the cachefile import logic automatically fallback to reading the
labels of the devices similar to a normal import. The main difference
between the fallback logic and a normal import is that the cachefile
import logic will only look at the device directories that were
originally used when the cachefile was populated. Additionally,
the fallback logic will always import by guid to ensure that only
the pools in the cachefile would be imported.
External-issue: DLPX-71980
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Closes#11716
vdev_id uses the /dev/mapper/ symlinks to resolve a UUID to a dm name
(like dm-1). However on some multipath setups, there is no /dev/mapper/
entry for the UUID at the time vdev_id is called by udev. However,
this isn't necessarily needed, as we may be able to resolve the dm
name from the $DEVNAME that udev passes us (like DEVNAME="/dev/dm-1").
This patch tries to resolve the dm name from $DEVNAME first, before
falling back to looking in /dev/mapper/. This fixed an issue where the
by-vdev names weren't reliably showing up on one of our nodes.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#11698
For some reason cppcheck 1.90 is generating an invalidSyntax warning
when the BF64_SET macro is used in the zstream source. The same
warning is not reported by cppcheck 2.3, nor is their any evident
problem with the expanded macro. This appears to be an issue with
this version of cppcheck. This commit annotates the source to suppress
the warning.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11700
Bring the output of the removal status in line with the other
"fields" that zpool status outputs, and thus allows an parser to
easier detect this as continuation of the 'remove:' output.
Before:
remove: Removal of vdev 0 copied 282G in 0h9m, completed on [...]
776K memory used for removed device mappings
Now:
remove: Removal of vdev 0 copied 282G in 0h9m, completed on [...]
776K memory used for removed device mappings
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Lamprecht <t.lamprecht@proxmox.com>
Closes#11674
After 35ec517 it has become possible to import ZFS pools witn an
active org.illumos:edonr feature on FreeBSD, leading to a panic.
In addition, "zpool status" reported all pools without edonr
as upgradable and "zpool upgrade -v" reported edonr in the list
of upgradable features.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Matuska <mm@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11653
Given a DM device name, the old vdev_id script would extract any text
after a 'p' as the partition number. It then appends "-part" + the
partition number to the name, giving a by-vdev name like "L0-part5".
This works fine if the DM name is like 'dm-2p5', but doesn't work if
the DM name is a multipath name like "mpatha". In those cases it
incorrectly matches the 'p' in "mpatha", giving by-vdev names like
"L0-partatha".
This patch fixes the issue by making the partition regex match stricter.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#11637
gmake install fails when zpool.d compat links already exist.
Force the symlinks to be recreated if already present.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11633
I think this is the behavior that most users expect.
Future work: have a separate flag, e.g., -O, to specify separate
set_global_vars for the zdb child than for the ztest children.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#11602
Without set_global_var() in the child processes the -o option provides
little use.
Before this change set_global_var() was called as a side-effect of
getopt processing which only happens for the parent ztest process.
This change limits the set of options that can be set and makes them
available to the child through ztest_shared_opts_t.
Future work: support arbitrary option count and length.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#11602
That happens because of an off-by-one mistake.
share_mount_one_cb() calls report_mount_progress(current=sm_done) after
having incremented sm_done by one. Then report_mount_progress()
increments the parameter again. It appears that that logic became
obsolete after commit a10d50f999, parallel zfs mount.
On FreeBSD I observe that zfs mount -a -v prints, for example,
(null): (201/248)
That happens because set_progress_header() is never called.
With this change the output becomes correct:
Mounting ZFS filesystems: (209/248)
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andriy Gapon <avg@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11607
Property to allow sets of features to be specified; for compatibility
with specific versions / releases / external systems. Influences
the behavior of 'zpool upgrade' and 'zpool create'. Initial man
page changes and test cases included.
Brief synopsis:
zpool create -o compatibility=off|legacy|file[,file...] pool vdev...
compatibility = off : disable compatibility mode (enable all features)
compatibility = legacy : request that no features be enabled
compatibility = file[,file...] : read features from specified files.
Only features present in *all* files will be enabled on the
resulting pool. Filenames may be absolute, or relative to
/etc/zfs/compatibility.d or /usr/share/zfs/compatibility.d (/etc
checked first).
Only affects zpool create, zpool upgrade and zpool status.
ABI changes in libzfs:
* New function "zpool_load_compat" to load and parse compat sets.
* Add "zpool_compat_status_t" typedef for compatibility parse status.
* Add ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY to the pool properties enum
* Add ZPOOL_STATUS_COMPATIBILITY_ERR to the pool status enum
An initial set of base compatibility sets are included in
cmd/zpool/compatibility.d, and the Makefile for cmd/zpool is
modified to install these in $pkgdatadir/compatibility.d and to
create symbolic links to a reasonable set of aliases.
Reviewed-by: ericloewe
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org>
Closes#11468
Rather than conditionally compiling out the edonr code for FreeBSD
update zfs_mod_supported_feature() to indicate this feature is
unsupported. This ensures that all spa features are defined on
every platform, even if they are not supported.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11605
Issue #11468
There are two issues that don't allow ZFS to be compiled using uClibc.
`backtrace()`, and `program_invocation_short_name` as a `const`.
This patch adds uClibc to the conditionals in the same way there are
already for Glibc for `backtrace()`; and removes the external param
`program_invocation_short_name` because its only used here for the
whole project.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: José Luis Salvador Rufo <salvador.joseluis@gmail.com>
Closes#11600
Within function sas_handler() userspace commands like
'/usr/sbin/multipath' have been replaced with sourcing
device details from within sysfs which reduced a
significant amount of overhead and processing time.
Multiple JBOD enclosures and their order are sourced
from the bsg driver (/sys/class/enclosure) to isolate
chassis top-level expanders, which are then dynamically
indexed based on host channel of the multipath subordinate
disk member device being processed. Additionally added a
"mixed" mode for slot identification for environments where
a ZFS server system may contain SAS disk slots where there
is no expander (direct connect to HBA) while an attached
external JBOD with an expander have different slot identifier
methods.
How Has This Been Tested?
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Testing was performed on a AMD EPYC based dual-server
high-availability multipath environment with multiple
HBAs per ZFS server and four SAS JBODs. The two primary
JBODs were multipath/cross-connected between the two
ZFS-HA servers. The secondary JBODs were daisy-chained
off of the primary JBODs using aligned SAS expander
channels (JBOD-0 expanderA--->JBOD-1 expanderA,
JBOD-0 expanderB--->JBOD-1 expanderB, etc).
Pools were created, exported and re-imported, imported
globally with 'zpool import -a -d /dev/disk/by-vdev'.
Low level udev debug outputs were traced to isolate
and resolve errors.
Result:
~~~~~~~
Initial testing of a previous version of this change
showed how reliance on userspace utilities like
'/usr/sbin/multipath' and '/usr/bin/lsscsi' were
exacerbated by increasing numbers of disks and JBODs.
With four 60-disk SAS JBODs and 240 disks the time to
process a udevadm trigger was 3 minutes 30 seconds
during which nearly all CPU cores were above 80%
utilization. By switching reliance on userspace
utilities to sysfs in this version, the udevadm
trigger processing time was reduced to 12.2 seconds
and negligible CPU load.
This patch also fixes few shellcheck complains.
Reviewed-by: Gabriel A. Devenyi <gdevenyi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Jeff Johnson <jeff.johnson@aeoncomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Johnson <jeff.johnson@aeoncomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Arshad Hussain <arshad.hussain@aeoncomputing.com>
Closes#11526
The pool guid and vdev guid received by zfs_agent_post_event(),
which calls zfs_retire_recv(), are normally non-zero. However,
later in this same method they may be unconditionally reset to
zero by the code which is intended to handle multipath, spare
and l2arc vdevs. This will result in the EC_dev_remove not
being handled.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>\
Co-authored-by: Vipin Kumar Verma <vipin.verma@hpe.com>
Signed-off-by: Srikanth N S <srikanth.nagasubbaraoseetharaman@hpe.com>
Closes#11564
In ZED zfs_retire agent added a check to handle Distributed Spare
replacement for Faulted VDEV also.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Vipin Kumar Verma <vipin.verma@hpe.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@hpe.com>
Closes#11354Closes#11355
While you can use zdb -R poolname vdev:offset:[<lsize>/]<psize>[:flags]
to extract individual DVAs from a vdev, it would be handy for be able
copy an entire file out of the pool.
Given a file or object number, add support to copy the contents to a
file. Useful for debugging and recovery.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Closes#11027
In order for cppcheck to perform a proper analysis it needs to be
aware of how the sources are compiled (source files, include
paths/files, extra defines, etc). All the needed information is
available from the Makefiles and can be leveraged with a generic
cppcheck Makefile target. So let's add one.
Additional minor changes:
* Removing the cppcheck-suppressions.txt file. With cppcheck 2.3
and these changes it appears to no longer be needed. Some inline
suppressions were also removed since they appear not to be
needed. We can add them back if it turns out they're needed
for older versions of cppcheck.
* Added the ax_count_cpus m4 macro to detect at configure time how
many processors are available in order to run multiple cppcheck
jobs. This value is also now used as a replacement for nproc
when executing the kernel interface checks.
* "PHONY =" line moved in to the Rules.am file which is included
at the top of all Makefile.am's. This is just convenient becase
it allows us to use the += syntax to add phony targets.
* One upside of this integration worth mentioning is it now allows
`make cppcheck` to be run in any directory to check that subtree.
* For the moment, cppcheck is not run against the FreeBSD specific
kernel sources. The cppcheck-FreeBSD target will need to be
implemented and testing on FreeBSD to support this.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11508
Explicitly check for NULL to satisfy cppcheck that "val" can never
be NULL when passed to printf(). This looks like a false positive
since is_blank_str() can never take the false conditional branch
when passed a NULL. But there's no harm in adding the extra check.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11508
It was observed that vdev_id exists silently when
the $CONFIG file is missing.
This patch adds error message in case vdev_id is
called without default $CONFIG or '-c'. This makes
end user observe the exit message more easily.
Before Patch:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
$ ./cmd/vdev_id/vdev_id
$
After Patch:
~~~~~~~~~~~~
$ ./cmd/vdev_id/vdev_id
Error: Config file "/etc/zfs/vdev_id.conf" not found
$
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arshad Hussain <arshad.hussain@aeoncomputing.com>
Closes#11498
When creating a pool only features supported by both user and
kernel space should be enabled. Furthermore, improve the error
messages when attempting to create, or add, a dRAID vdev when
the dRAID feature is not supported by the kernel modules.
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11492
Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems:
1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few
seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the
ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively
impacts performance.
2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool
is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size.
This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB
or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can
take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the
ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait
while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance
impact.
3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of
128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(),
which has an enormous performance impact.
These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device
("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the
normal devices.
This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is
preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg,
spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is
similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the
above-mentioned performance problems.
Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each
one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds:
1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class)
2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class)
3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class)
The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between
0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop"
space that is not available for user data.
On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity,
and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random
8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3
above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be
arbitrarily large (>100x).
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11389
zgenhostid(8) is used to modify or create /etc/hostid. This
administrative tool is currently installed to bindir. System utilities
are typically placed in sbin.
Modify the installation directory for zgenhostid. Additionally, track
this change in its use in dracut and the rpm installation.
Authored-by: наб <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Authored-by: Antonio Russo <aerusso@aerusso.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <aerusso@aerusso.net>
Closes#11485
The `abd_get_offset_*()` routines create an abd_t that references
another abd_t, and doesn't allocate any pages/buffers of its own. In
some workloads, these routines may be called frequently, to create many
abd_t's representing small pieces of a single large abd_t. In
particular, the upcoming RAIDZ Expansion project makes heavy use of
these routines.
This commit adds the ability for the caller to allocate and provide the
abd_t struct to a variant of `abd_get_offset_*()`. This eliminates the
cost of allocating the abd_t and performing the accounting associated
with it (`abdstat_struct_size`). The RAIDZ/DRAID code uses this for
the `rc_abd`, which references the zio's abd. The upcoming RAIDZ
Expansion project will leverage this infrastructure to increase
performance of reads post-expansion by around 50%.
Additionally, some of the interfaces around creating and destroying
abd_t's are cleaned up. Most significantly, the distinction between
`abd_put()` and `abd_free()` is eliminated; all types of abd_t's are
now disposed of with `abd_free()`.
Reviewed-by: Brian Atkinson <batkinson@lanl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Issue #8853Closes#11439
Prior to util-linux 2.36.2, if a file or directory in the
current working directory was named 'dataset' then mount(8)
would prepend the current working directory to the dataset.
Eventually, we should be able to drop this workaround.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sterling Jensen <sterlingjensen@users.noreply.github.com>
Closes#11295Closes#11462
Try to use more appropriate ASSERT and VERIFY variants in ztest.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11454
Simplify ztest by using fnvlist functions to verify success.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11441
Each zfs ioctl that changes on-disk state (e.g. set property, create
snapshot, destroy filesystem) is recorded in the zpool history, and is
printed by `zpool history -i`.
For performance diagnostic purposes, it would be useful to know how long
each of these ioctls took to run. This commit adds that functionality,
with a new `ZPOOL_HIST_ELAPSED_NS` member of the history nvlist.
Additionally, the time recorded in this history log is currently the
time that the history record is written to disk. But in many cases (CLI
args logging and ioctl logging), this happens asynchronously,
potentially many seconds after the operation completed. This commit
changes the timestamp to reflect when the history event was created,
rather than when it was written to disk.
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11440
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11396
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11396
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11396
In `zpool_find_config()`, the `pools` nvlist is leaked. Part of it (a
sub-nvlist) is returned in `*configp`, but the callers also leak that.
Additionally, in `zdb.c:main()`, the `searchdirs` is leaked.
The leaks were detected by ASAN (`configure --enable-asan`).
This commit resolves the leaks.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11396
Replace "is" with "==" and "is not" with "!=".
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11394
Check for the history_event type instead.
The zfs-list-cacher.sh script currently respects the event types
excluded from syslog(!) in ZED_SYSLOG_SUBCLASS_EXCLUDE.
This makes little sense in this single-purpose script and
silently breaks when history_events are excluded from syslog,
which is the default since 13d65987a9.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: InsanePrawn <insane.prawny@gmail.com>
Closes#11164Closes#11347
Use the correct return type for getopt otherwise clang complains
about tautological-constant-out-of-range-compare.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sterling Jensen <sterlingjensen@users.noreply.github.com>
Closes#11359
Metaslab rotor and aliquot are used to distribute workload between
vdevs while keeping some locality for logically adjacent blocks. Once
multiple allocators were introduced to separate allocation of different
objects it does not make much sense for different allocators to write
into different metaslabs of the same metaslab group (vdev) same time,
competing for its resources. This change makes each allocator choose
metaslab group independently, colliding with others only sporadically.
Test including simultaneous write into 4 files with recordsize of 4KB
on a striped pool of 30 disks on a system with 40 logical cores show
reduction of vdev queue lock contention from 54 to 27% due to better
load distribution. Unfortunately it won't help much ZVOLs yet since
only one dataset/ZVOL is synced at a time, and so for the most part
only one allocator is used, but it may improve later.
While there, to reduce the number of pointer dereferences change
per-allocator storage for metaslab classes and groups from several
separate malloc()'s to variable length arrays at the ends of the
original class and group structures.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11288
Some tunables shown by arc_summary3 have string values that may exceed
the normal line length, leaving a negative offset between the name and
value fields. The negative space is of course not valid and Python
rightly barfs up an exception traceback.
Handle an overflowing value field width by ignoring the line length
and separating the name from the value by a single space instead.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11270
py-sysctl now includes the CTLTYPE_NODE type nodes in the list returned
by sysctl.filter() on FreeBSD head. It also provides descriptions now.
Eliminate the subprocess call to get descriptions, and filter out the
nodes so we only deal with values.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11318
Tracking down an error message with the errno value can be difficult,
using strerror makes the error message clearer.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Érico Rolim <erico.erc@gmail.com>
Closes#11303
Canonicalization, the source of the trouble, was disabled in 9000a9f.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sterling Jensen <sterlingjensen@users.noreply.github.com>
Closes#11295
`zpool create -n` fails to list cache and spare vdevs.
`zpool add -n` fails to list spare devices.
`zpool split -n` fails to list `special` and `dedup` labels.
`zpool add -n` and `zpool split -n` shouldn't list hole devices.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Attila Fülöp <attila@fueloep.org>
Closes#11122Closes#11167
Add -u option to 'zfs create' that prevents file system from being
automatically mounted. This is similar to the 'zfs receive -u'.
Authored by: pjd <pjd@FreeBSD.org>
FreeBSD-commit: freebsd/freebsd@35c58230e2
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Ported-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11254
This is needed for zfsd to autoreplace vdevs.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11260
When ZFS_COLOR is set, zpool status shows row headings in bold,
except for the "remove:" heading. This is a quick fix that makes
it print in bold too.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Sun <me@andrewsun.com>
Closes#11255
Move the zpool_influxdb command to /usr/libexec/zfs,
and include the /usr/libexec/zfs path in the system search
directory when running the test suite.
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Snajdr <snajpa@snajpa.net>
Closes#11156Closes#11160Closes#11224
zpool_expand_proplist() now ignores pl_fixed if its new literal
argument is true. The rest is a consequence of needing to pass
that down.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ahelenia Ziemiao?=~Dska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
Closes#11202
A common usage pattern for zgenhostid, including in the ZFS dracut
module, is running it as:
zgenhostid $(hostid)
However, zgenhostid only accepted hostid arguments greater than 0, which
meant that, when the output of hostid(1) was "00000000", zgenhostid
would error out, even though 0 is a possible return value for the
gethostid(3) function used by hostid(1):
- On current musl libc, gethostid(3) is a stub that always returns 0.
- On glibc, gethostid(3) will return 0 if /etc/hostid exists but is
smaller than 4 bytes.
In these cases, it makes more sense for zgenhostid to treat a value of 0
as other parts of the zfs codebase do, meaning that a hostid value
couldn't be determined; therefore, it should attempt to generate a
random value to write into /etc/hostid.
The manpage and usage output have been updated to reflect this.
Whitespace has also been fixed in the usage output.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Georgy Yakovlev <gyakovlev@gentoo.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew J. Hesford <ajh@sideband.org>
Signed-off-by: Érico Rolim <erico.erc@gmail.com>
Closes#11174Closes#11189
The output of ZFS channel programs is logged on-disk in the zpool
history, and printed by `zpool history -i`. Channel programs can use
10MB of memory by default, and up to 100MB by using the `zfs program -m`
flag. Therefore their output can be up to some fraction of 100MB.
In addition to being somewhat wasteful of the limited space reserved for
the pool history (which for large pools is 1GB), in extreme cases this
can result in a failure of `ASSERT(length <= DMU_MAX_ACCESS);` in
`dmu_buf_hold_array_by_dnode()`.
This commit limits the output size that will be logged to 1MB. Larger
outputs will not be logged, instead a entry will be logged indicating
the size of the omitted output.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#11194
This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands
for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID
vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device.
This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full
parity to pool with a failed device.
A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type.
Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type:
`draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the
pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number
of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev.
zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...>
Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be
provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This
allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance
or capacity reasons. The supported options include:
zpool create <pool> \
draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \
<vdevs...>
- draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1)
- draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8)
- draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs
- draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0)
Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool
with two distributed spares using special allocation classes.
```
pool: tank
state: ONLINE
config:
NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM
slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0
draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0
L0 ONLINE 0 0 0
L1 ONLINE 0 0 0
...
U25 ONLINE 0 0 0
U26 ONLINE 0 0 0
spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0
U27 ONLINE 0 0 0
draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0
U28 ONLINE 0 0 0
U29 ONLINE 0 0 0
...
U42 ONLINE 0 0 0
U43 ONLINE 0 0 0
special
mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0
L5 ONLINE 0 0 0
U5 ONLINE 0 0 0
mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0
L6 ONLINE 0 0 0
U6 ONLINE 0 0 0
spares
draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use
draid2-0-1 AVAIL
```
When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following
options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages
by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations.
-K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test
-D <value> - dRAID data drives per group
-S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares
-R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID)
The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault
test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the
dRAID feature.
Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com>
Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com>
Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10102
Convert dynamic allocation to static buffer, simplify parse_dataset
function return path. Add tests specific to the mount helper.
Reviewed-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sterling Jensen <sterlingjensen@users.noreply.github.com>
Closes#11098
The original xuio zero copy functionality has always been unused
on Linux and FreeBSD. Remove this disabled code to avoid any
confusion and improve readability.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11124
Refer to the correct section or alternative for FreeBSD and Linux.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11132
Added -a option to automatically print all valid statistics.
Added -p option to suppress scaling of printed data.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Authored by: Nick Principe <32284693+powernap@users.noreply.github.com>
Ported-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11090
ZED will log zevents summaries to the syslog, however the log entries
tend to drop event details that can be useful for diagnosis. This is
especially true for ereport events, like io, checksum, and delay.
Update the all-syslog.sh script to log additional event information.
Add an optional config option, ZED_SYSLOG_DISPLAY_GUIDS, to zed.rc
for choosing GUIDs over names for pool and vdev.
Change the default ZED_SYSLOG_SUBCLASS_EXCLUDE to exclude history_event
events. These events tend to be frequent, convey no meaningful info,
and are already logged in the zpool history.
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#10967
This was requested but forgotten in #10786.
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11071
Code cleanup, a follow up commit to 4d55ea81.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@freqlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#11020
A zpool_influxdb command is introduced to ease the collection
of zpool statistics into the InfluxDB time-series database.
Examples are given on how to integrate with the telegraf
statistics aggregator, a companion to influxdb.
Finally, a grafana dashboard template is included to show
how pool latency distributions can be visualized in a
ZFS + telegraf + influxdb + grafana environment.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Closes#10786
This change updates the documentation to refer to the project
as OpenZFS instead ZFS on Linux. Web links have been updated
to refer to https://github.com/openzfs/zfs. The extraneous
zfsonlinux.org web links in the ZED and SPL sources have been
dropped.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11007
With procfs_list kstats implemented for FreeBSD, dbufs are now exposed
as kstat.zfs.misc.dbufs.
On FreeBSD, dbufstats can use the sysctl instead of procfs when no
input file has been given.
Enable the dbufstats tests on FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#11008
The zdb is interpreting byte array as textual string in dump_zap,
but there are also binary arrays and we should not output binary
data on terminal.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
External-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/12012
External-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/11713Closes#11006
Change zfs userspace subcommand to use zfs_path_to_zhandle() so that
the provided dataset can be a path (/usr) or a dataset (rpool/usr).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Closes#8915
== Motivation and Context
The new vdev ashift optimization prevents the removal of devices when
a zfs configuration is comprised of disks which have different logical
and physical block sizes. This is caused because we set 'spa_min_ashift'
in vdev_open and then later call 'vdev_ashift_optimize'. This would
result in an inconsistency between spa's ashift calculations and that
of the top-level vdev.
In addition, the optimization logical ignores the overridden ashift
value that would be provided by '-o ashift=<val>'.
== Description
This change reworks the vdev ashift optimization so that it's only
set the first time the device is configured. It still allows the
physical and logical ahsift values to be set every time the device
is opened but those values are only consulted on first open.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Cedric Berger <cedric@precidata.com>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
External-Issue: DLPX-71831
Closes#10932
When a device removal is in progress, there are 2 locations for the data
that's already been moved: the original location, on the device that's
being removed; and the new location, which is pointed to by the indirect
mapping. When doing leak detection, zdb needs to know about both
locations. To determine what's already been copied, we load the
spacemaps of the removing vdev, omit the blocks that are yet to be
copied, and then use the vdev's remap op to find the new location.
The problem is with an optimization to the spacemap-loading code in zdb.
When processing the log spacemaps, we ignore entries that are not
relevant because they are past the point that's been copied. However,
entries which span the point that's been copied (i.e. they are partly
relevant and partly irrelevant) are processed normally. This can lead
to an illegal spacemap operation, for example if offsets up to 100KB
have been copied, and the spacemap log has the following entries:
ALLOC 50KB-150KB (partly relevant)
FREE 50KB-100KB (entirely relevant)
FREE 100KB-150KB (entirely irrlevant - ignored)
ALLOC 50KB-150KB (partly relevant)
Because the entirely irrelevant entry was ignored, its space remains in
the spacemap. When the last entry is processed, we attempt to add it to
the spacemap, but it partially overlaps with the 100-150KB entry that
was left over.
This problem was discovered by ztest/zloop.
One solution would be to also ignore the irrelevant parts of
partially-irrelevant entries (i.e. when processing the ALLOC 50-150, to
only add 50-100 to the spacemap). However, this commit implements a
simpler solution, which is to remove this optimization entirely. I.e.
to process the entire spacemap log, without regard for the point that's
been copied. After reconstructing the entire allocatable range tree,
there's already code to remove the parts that have not yet been copied.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-71820
Closes#10920
It was discovered that dracut scripts and zgenhostid
always generate little-endian /etc/hostid.
This commit provides simple endianess-aware binary
and updates the scripts to use it.
New features include:
-f flag to force overwrite.
-o flag to write to different file (for dracut)
accepting both 0x01234567 and 01234567 values as input
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Georgy Yakovlev <gyakovlev@gentoo.org>
Closes#10887Closes#10925
Currently the ARC state (MFU/MRU) of cached L2ARC buffer and their
content type is unknown. Knowing this information may prove beneficial
in adjusting the L2ARC caching policy.
This commit adds L2ARC arcstats that display the aligned size
(in bytes) of L2ARC buffers according to their content type
(data/metadata) and according to their ARC state (MRU/MFU or
prefetch). It also expands the existing evict_l2_eligible arcstat to
differentiate between MFU and MRU buffers.
L2ARC caches buffers from the MRU and MFU lists of ARC. Upon caching a
buffer, its ARC state (MRU/MFU) is stored in the L2 header
(b_arcs_state). The l2_m{f,r}u_asize arcstats reflect the aligned size
(in bytes) of L2ARC buffers according to their ARC state (based on
b_arcs_state). We also account for the case where an L2ARC and ARC
cached MRU or MRU_ghost buffer transitions to MFU. The l2_prefetch_asize
reflects the alinged size (in bytes) of L2ARC buffers that were cached
while they had the prefetch flag set in ARC. This is dynamically updated
as the prefetch flag of L2ARC buffers changes.
When buffers are evicted from ARC, if they are determined to be L2ARC
eligible then their logical size is recorded in
evict_l2_eligible_m{r,f}u arcstats according to their ARC state upon
eviction.
Persistent L2ARC:
When committing an L2ARC buffer to a log block (L2ARC metadata) its
b_arcs_state and prefetch flag is also stored. If the buffer changes
its arcstate or prefetch flag this is reflected in the above arcstats.
However, the L2ARC metadata cannot currently be updated to reflect this
change.
Example: L2ARC caches an MRU buffer. L2ARC metadata and arcstats count
this as an MRU buffer. The buffer transitions to MFU. The arcstats are
updated to reflect this. Upon pool re-import or on/offlining the L2ARC
device the arcstats are cleared and the buffer will now be counted as an
MRU buffer, as the L2ARC metadata were not updated.
Bug fix:
- If l2arc_noprefetch is set, arc_read_done clears the L2CACHE flag of
an ARC buffer. However, prefetches may be issued in a way that
arc_read_done() is bypassed. Instead, move the related code in
l2arc_write_eligible() to account for those cases too.
Also add a test and update manpages for l2arc_mfuonly module parameter,
and update the manpages and code comments for l2arc_noprefetch.
Move persist_l2arc tests to l2arc.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10743
This solves issues occurring with a different decimal operator and
keeps the command line interface consistent for all locales .
E.g. `zfs set quota=0.5T`
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Felix Neumärker <xdch47@posteo.de>
Closes#10878
Allow to rename file systems without remounting if it is possible.
It is possible for file systems with 'mountpoint' property set to
'legacy' or 'none' - we don't have to change mount directory for them.
Currently such file systems are unmounted on rename and not even
mounted back.
This introduces layering violation, as we need to update
'f_mntfromname' field in statfs structure related to mountpoint (for
the dataset we are renaming and all its children).
In my opinion it is worth it, as it allow to update FreeBSD in even
cleaner way - in ZFS-only configuration root file system is ZFS file
system with 'mountpoint' property set to 'legacy'. If root dataset is
named system/rootfs, we can snapshot it (system/rootfs@upgrade), clone
it (system/oldrootfs), update FreeBSD and if it doesn't boot we can
boot back from system/oldrootfs and rename it back to system/rootfs
while it is mounted as /. Before it was not possible, because
unmounting / was not possible.
Authored by: Pawel Jakub Dawidek <pjd@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported by: Matt Macy <mmacy@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10839
Corrected the typo in zfs/cmd/zfs/zfs_main.c
line number 404 pbkfd2iters to pbkdf2iters
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Spencer Kinny <spencerkinny1995@gmail.com>
Closes#10850
Many modern devices use physical allocation units that are much
larger than the minimum logical allocation size accessible by
external commands. Two prevalent examples of this are 512e disk
drives (512b logical sector, 4K physical sector) and flash devices
(512b logical sector, 4K or larger allocation block size, and 128k
or larger erase block size). Operations that modify less than the
physical sector size result in a costly read-modify-write or garbage
collection sequence on these devices.
Simply exporting the true physical sector of the device to ZFS would
yield optimal performance, but has two serious drawbacks:
1. Existing pools created with devices that have different logical
and physical block sizes, but were configured to use the logical
block size (e.g. because the OS version used for pool construction
reported the logical block size instead of the physical block
size) will suddenly find that the vdev allocation size has
increased. This can be easily tolerated for active members of
the array, but ZFS would prevent replacement of a vdev with
another identical device because it now appears that the smaller
allocation size required by the pool is not supported by the new
device.
2. The device's physical block size may be too large to be supported
by ZFS. The optimal allocation size for the vdev may be quite
large. For example, a RAID controller may export a vdev that
requires read-modify-write cycles unless accessed using 64k
aligned/sized requests. ZFS currently has an 8k minimum block
size limit.
Reporting both the logical and physical allocation sizes for vdevs
solves these problems. A device may be used so long as the logical
block size is compatible with the configuration. By comparing the
logical and physical block sizes, new configurations can be optimized
and administrators can be notified of any existing pools that are
sub-optimal.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Matthew Macy <mmacy@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10619
Commit d2bce6d03 added the 'make checkbashisms' target but did not
resolve all of the bashisms in the scripts. This commit doesn't
resolve them all either but it does fix up a few, and it excludes
the others so 'make checkstyle' no longer prints warnings. It's
a small step in the right direction.
* Dracut is Linux specific and itself depends on bash. Therefore
all dracut support scripts can be bash specific, update their
shebang accordingly.
* zed-functions.sh, zfs-import, zfs-mount, zfs-zed, smart
paxcheck.sh, make_gitrev.sh - these scripts were excuded from
the check until they can be updated and properly tested.
* zfsunlock - only whole values for sleep are allowed.
* vdev_id - removed unneeded locals; use && instead of -a.
* dkms.mkconf, dkms.postbuil - use || instead of -o.
Reviewed-by: InsanePrawn <insane.prawny@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Gabriel A. Devenyi <gdevenyi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10755
This is a follow on to PR #10688 where `zfs share -a` allows the
sharing of canmount=noauto datasets if they are mounted. However,
when a dataset with canmount=noauto is not mounted, the command
should also purge any existing entries from the exports file.
Otherwise, after a reboot, the nfs server attempts to export the
underlying mountpath, not the dataset. This can lead to a hard hang
for existing client mounts.
Instead of just skipping the adding of an export if not mounted
and canmount=noauto, have it also remove an existing export of the
dataset so that, after a reboot, we don't export an unmounted dataset.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#10747
This PR adds two new compression types, based on ZStandard:
- zstd: A basic ZStandard compression algorithm Available compression.
Levels for zstd are zstd-1 through zstd-19, where the compression
increases with every level, but speed decreases.
- zstd-fast: A faster version of the ZStandard compression algorithm
zstd-fast is basically a "negative" level of zstd. The compression
decreases with every level, but speed increases.
Available compression levels for zstd-fast:
- zstd-fast-1 through zstd-fast-10
- zstd-fast-20 through zstd-fast-100 (in increments of 10)
- zstd-fast-500 and zstd-fast-1000
For more information check the man page.
Implementation details:
Rather than treat each level of zstd as a different algorithm (as was
done historically with gzip), the block pointer `enum zio_compress`
value is simply zstd for all levels, including zstd-fast, since they all
use the same decompression function.
The compress= property (a 64bit unsigned integer) uses the lower 7 bits
to store the compression algorithm (matching the number of bits used in
a block pointer, as the 8th bit was borrowed for embedded block
pointers). The upper bits are used to store the compression level.
It is necessary to be able to determine what compression level was used
when later reading a block back, so the concept used in LZ4, where the
first 32bits of the on-disk value are the size of the compressed data
(since the allocation is rounded up to the nearest ashift), was
extended, and we store the version of ZSTD and the level as well as the
compressed size. This value is returned when decompressing a block, so
that if the block needs to be recompressed (L2ARC, nop-write, etc), that
the same parameters will be used to result in the matching checksum.
All of the internal ZFS code ( `arc_buf_hdr_t`, `objset_t`,
`zio_prop_t`, etc.) uses the separated _compress and _complevel
variables. Only the properties ZAP contains the combined/bit-shifted
value. The combined value is split when the compression_changed_cb()
callback is called, and sets both objset members (os_compress and
os_complevel).
The userspace tools all use the combined/bit-shifted value.
Additional notes:
zdb can now also decode the ZSTD compression header (flag -Z) and
inspect the size, version and compression level saved in that header.
For each record, if it is ZSTD compressed, the parameters of the decoded
compression header get printed.
ZSTD is included with all current tests and new tests are added
as-needed.
Per-dataset feature flags now get activated when the property is set.
If a compression algorithm requires a feature flag, zfs activates the
feature when the property is set, rather than waiting for the first
block to be born. This is currently only used by zstd but can be
extended as needed.
Portions-Sponsored-By: The FreeBSD Foundation
Co-authored-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Co-authored-by: Kjeld Schouten-Lebbing <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Co-authored-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Kjeld Schouten-Lebbing <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Closes#6247Closes#9024Closes#10277Closes#10278
Due to commit d48091d a removed device is now explicitly offlined by
the ZED if no spare is available, rather than the letting ZFS detect
it as UNAVAIL. This broke auto-replacing of whole-disk devices, as
described in issue #10577. In short, when a new device is reinserted
in the same slot, the ZED will try to ONLINE it without letting ZFS
recreate the necessary partition table.
This change simply avoids setting the device OFFLINE when removed if
no spare is available (or if spare_on_remove is false). This change
has been left minimal to allow it to be backported to 0.8.x release.
The auto_offline_001_pos ZTS test has been updated accordingly.
Some follow up work is planned to update the ZED so it transitions
the vdev to a REMOVED state. This is a state which has always
existed but there is no current interface the ZED can use to
accomplish this. Therefore it's being left to a follow up PR.
Reviewed-by: Gionatan Danti <g.danti@assyoma.it>
Co-authored-by: Gionatan Danti <g.danti@assyoma.it>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10577Closes#10730
The ARC caches data in scatter ABD's, which are collections of pages,
which are typically 4K. Therefore, the space used to cache each block
is rounded up to a multiple of 4K. The ABD subsystem tracks this wasted
memory in the `scatter_chunk_waste` kstat. However, the ARC's `size` is
not aware of the memory used by this round-up, it only accounts for the
size that it requested from the ABD subsystem.
Therefore, the ARC is effectively using more memory than it is aware of,
due to the `scatter_chunk_waste`. This impacts observability, e.g.
`arcstat` will show that the ARC is using less memory than it
effectively is. It also impacts how the ARC responds to memory
pressure. As the amount of `scatter_chunk_waste` changes, it appears to
the ARC as memory pressure, so it needs to resize `arc_c`.
If the sector size (`1<<ashift`) is the same as the page size (or
larger), there won't be any waste. If the (compressed) block size is
relatively large compared to the page size, the amount of
`scatter_chunk_waste` will be small, so the problematic effects are
minimal.
However, if using 512B sectors (`ashift=9`), and the (compressed) block
size is small (e.g. `compression=on` with the default `volblocksize=8k`
or a decreased `recordsize`), the amount of `scatter_chunk_waste` can be
very large. On a production system, with `arc_size` at a constant 50%
of memory, `scatter_chunk_waste` has been been observed to be 10-30% of
memory.
This commit adds `scatter_chunk_waste` to `arc_size`, and adds a new
`waste` field to `arcstat`. As a result, the ARC's memory usage is more
observable, and `arc_c` does not need to be adjusted as frequently.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10701
arc_summary3 reports L2ARC writes in bytes. However, the related
arc_stat is reported as hits. arc_summary2 report this correctly.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10717
The 'zfs share -a' currently skips any filesystems which
have 'canmount=noauto' set. This behavior is unexpected since the
one would expect 'zfs share -a' to share any mounted filesystem
that has the 'sharenfs' property already set.
This changes the behavior of 'zfs share -a' to allow the sharing
of 'canmount=noauto' datasets if they are mounted.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-71313
Closes#10688
A collection of header changes to enable FreeBSD to build
with vendored OpenZFS.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10635
Renamed to avoid conflicting with refcount.h when a different
implementation is already provided by the platform.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10620
Adding a new subcommand to zstream called token. This
now allows users to decode a resume token to retrieve the toname
field. This can be useful for tools that need this information.
The syntax works as follows zstream token <resume_token>.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Perkins <tperkins@datto.com>
Closes#10558
These tunables were renamed from vfs.zfs.arc_min and
vfs.zfs.arc_max to vfs.zfs.arc.min and vfs.zfs.arc.max.
Add legacy compat tunables for the old names.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10579
Livelists and spacemaps are data structures that are logs of allocations
and frees. Livelists entries are block pointers (blkptr_t). Spacemaps
entries are ranges of numbers, most often used as to track
allocated/freed regions of metaslabs/vdevs.
These data structures can become self-inconsistent, for example if a
block or range can be "double allocated" (two allocation records without
an intervening free) or "double freed" (two free records without an
intervening allocation).
ZDB (as well as zfs running in the kernel) can detect these
inconsistencies when loading livelists and metaslab. However, it
generally halts processing when the error is detected.
When analyzing an on-disk problem, we often want to know the entire set
of inconsistencies, which is not possible with the current behavior.
This commit adds a new flag, `zdb -y`, which analyzes the livelist and
metaslab data structures and displays all of their inconsistencies.
Note that this is different from the leak detection performed by
`zdb -b`, which checks for inconsistencies between the spacemaps and the
tree of block pointers, but assumes the spacemaps are self-consistent.
The specific checks added are:
Verify livelists by iterating through each sublivelists and:
- report leftover FREEs
- report double ALLOCs and double FREEs
- record leftover ALLOCs together with their TXG [see Cross Check]
Verify spacemaps by iterating over each metaslab and:
- iterate over spacemap and then the metaslab's entries in the
spacemap log, then report any double FREEs and double ALLOCs
Verify that livelists are consistenet with spacemaps. The space
referenced by livelists (after using the FREE's to cancel out
corresponding ALLOCs) should be allocated, according to the spacemaps.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-66031
Closes#10515
A bunch of places need to edit files to incorporate the configured paths
i.e. bindir, sbindir etc. Move this logic into a common file.
Create arc_summary by copying arc_summary[23] as appropriate at build
time instead of install time.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10559
== Motivation and Context
The current implementation of 'sharenfs' and 'sharesmb' relies on
the use of the sharetab file. The use of this file is os-specific
and not required by linux or freebsd. Currently the code must
maintain updates to this file which adds complexity and presents
a significant performance impact when sharing many datasets. In
addition, concurrently running 'zfs sharenfs' command results in
missing entries in the sharetab file leading to unexpected failures.
== Description
This change removes the sharetab logic from the linux and freebsd
implementation of 'sharenfs' and 'sharesmb'. It still preserves an
os-specific library which contains the logic required for sharing
NFS or SMB. The following entry points exist in the vastly simplified
libshare library:
- sa_enable_share -- shares a dataset but may not commit the change
- sa_disable_share -- unshares a dataset but may not commit the change
- sa_is_shared -- determine if a dataset is shared
- sa_commit_share -- notify NFS/SMB subsystem to commit the shares
- sa_validate_shareopts -- determine if sharing options are valid
The sa_commit_share entry point is provided as a performance enhancement
and is not required. The sa_enable_share/sa_disable_share may commit
the share as part of the implementation. Libshare provides a framework
for both NFS and SMB but some operating systems may not fully support
these protocols or all features of the protocol.
NFS Operation:
For linux, libshare updates /etc/exports.d/zfs.exports to add
and remove shares and then commits the changes by invoking
'exportfs -r'. This file, is automatically read by the kernel NFS
implementation which makes for better integration with the NFS systemd
service. For FreeBSD, libshare updates /etc/zfs/exports to add and
remove shares and then commits the changes by sending a SIGHUP to
mountd.
SMB Operation:
For linux, libshare adds and removes files in /var/lib/samba/usershares
by calling the 'net' command directly. There is no need to commit the
changes. FreeBSD does not support SMB.
== Performance Results
To test sharing performance we created a pool with an increasing number
of datasets and invoked various zfs actions that would enable and
disable sharing. The performance testing was limited to NFS sharing.
The following tests were performed on an 8 vCPU system with 128GB and
a pool comprised of 4 50GB SSDs:
Scale testing:
- Share all filesystems in parallel -- zfs sharenfs=on <dataset> &
- Unshare all filesystems in parallel -- zfs sharenfs=off <dataset> &
Functional testing:
- share each filesystem serially -- zfs share -a
- unshare each filesystem serially -- zfs unshare -a
- reset sharenfs property and unshare -- zfs inherit -r sharenfs <pool>
For 'zfs sharenfs=on' scale testing we saw an average reduction in time
of 89.43% and for 'zfs sharenfs=off' we saw an average reduction in time
of 83.36%.
Functional testing also shows a huge improvement:
- zfs share -- 97.97% reduction in time
- zfs unshare -- 96.47% reduction in time
- zfs inhert -r sharenfs -- 99.01% reduction in time
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryant G. Ly <bryangly@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
External-Issue: DLPX-68690
Closes#1603Closes#7692Closes#7943Closes#10300
We already enable -DDEBUG unconditionally (meaning regardless
of this is a debug build or a performance build) for zdb and
ztest as they are mostly used for development and debugging.
This patch enables -DDEBUG for libzpool extending the debugging
checks for zdb, ztest, and a couple of other test utilities.
In addition to passing -DDEBUG we also enable -DZFS_DEBUG so
all assertion checks work s expected. We do so not only in
libzpool but in every utility that links to it, even if the
utility doesn't directly use any functionality wrapped in
ZFS_DEBUG macro definitions. The reason is that these utilities
may still include headers that contain structs that have more
fields when ZFS_DEBUG is defined. This can be a problem as
enabling that flag for libzpool but not for zdb can lead into
random problems (e.g. segmentation faults) as zdb may be have
an incorrect view of a struct passed to it by libzpool.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#10549
libtool stores absolute paths in the dependency_libs component of the
.la files. If the Makefile for a dependent library refers to the
libraries by relative path, some libraries end up duplicated on the link
command line.
As an example, libzfs specifies libzfs_core, libnvpair and libuutil as
dependencies to be linked in. The .la file for libzfs_core also
specifies libnvpair, but using an absolute path, with the result that
libnvpair is present twice in the linker command line for producing
libzfs.
While the only thing this causes is to slightly slow down the linking,
we can avoid it by using absolute paths everywhere, including for
convenience libraries just for consistency.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10538
Commit e8864b1b28 ("config: libintl/libiconv for gettext() detection")
added an empty config.rpath with a comment that the real one doesn't
work with libtool.
However, an empty config.rpath doesn't really work: eg. on FreeBSD,
where libintl is in /usr/local/lib, configure thinks that gettext
doesn't exist and NLS should be disabled, which currently isn't
supported in the source, and hence requires manual workaround to
directly link -lintl without relying on configure. config.rpath is
essential to let it be detected either in --prefix or using
--with-libintl-prefix.
I also don't see the mentioned issue with libtool flags applied to
compilation, it seems to work fine to pass LTLIBINTL to libtool. It's
unnecessary to include LTLIBICONV as the configure test will
automatically append that to LTLIBINTL if it is necessary to link with
libiconv.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10538
libzutil is currently statically linked into libzfs, libzfs_core and
libzpool. Avoid the unnecessary duplication by removing it from libzfs
and libzpool, and adding libzfs_core to libzpool.
Remove a few unnecessary dependencies:
- libuutil from libzfs_core
- libtirpc from libspl
- keep only libcrypto in libzfs, as we don't use any functions from
libssl
- librt is only used for clock_gettime, however on modern systems that's
in libc rather than librt. Add a configure check to see if we actually
need librt
- libdl from raidz_test
Add a few missing dependencies:
- zlib to libefi and libzfs
- libuuid to zpool, and libuuid and libudev to zed
- libnvpair uses assertions, so add assert.c to provide aok and
libspl_assertf
Sort the LDADD for programs so that libraries that satisfy dependencies
come at the end rather than the beginning of the linker command line.
Revamp the configure tests for libaries to use FIND_SYSTEM_LIBRARY
instead. This can take advantage of pkg-config, and it also avoids
polluting LIBS.
List all the required dependencies in the pkgconfig files, and move the
one for libzfs_core into the latter's directory. Install pkgconfig files
in $(libdir)/pkgconfig on linux and $(prefix)/libdata/pkgconfig on
FreeBSD, instead of /usr/share/pkgconfig, as the more correct location
for library .pc files.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10538
The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when
resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may
more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block
size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics
of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified
as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after
the sequential resilver completes.
The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and
`zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction
instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering.
zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev>
zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev>
The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress
of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering.
The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers
may be in progress as long as they're operating on different
top-level vdevs.
The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on
sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different
than healing resilvers.
Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are
compatible with the dRAID feature being developed.
As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved
in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the
replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both
resilvering and rebuilding.
Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com>
Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10349
This is helpful for determining the size of the nvlist of snapshots
and properties
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Closes#10505
The meaning of the `free` field is currently `zfs_arc_sys_free`, which
is the target amount of memory to leave free for the system, and is
constant after booting.
This commit changes the meaning of `free` to arc_free_memory(), the
amount of memory that the ARC considers to be free.
It also adds a new arcstat field `avail`, which tracks
`arc_available_memory()`.
Since `avail` can be negative, it also updates the arcstat script to
pretty-print negative values.
example output:
$ arcstat -f time,miss,arcsz,c,grow,need,free,avail 1
time miss arcsz c grow need free avail
15:03:02 39K 114G 114G 0 0 2.4G 407M
15:03:03 42K 114G 114G 0 0 2.1G 120M
15:03:04 40K 114G 114G 0 0 1.8G -177M
15:03:05 24K 113G 112G 0 0 1.7G -269M
15:03:06 29K 111G 110G 0 0 1.6G -385M
15:03:07 27K 110G 108G 0 0 1.4G -535M
15:03:08 13K 108G 108G 0 0 2.2G 239M
15:03:09 33K 107G 107G 0 0 1.3G -639M
15:03:10 16K 105G 102G 0 0 2.6G 704M
15:03:11 7.2K 102G 102G 0 0 5.1G 3.1G
15:03:12 42K 103G 102G 0 0 4.8G 2.8G
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10494
The block histogram tracks the changes to psize, lsize and asize
both in the count of the number of blocks (by blocksize) and the
total length of all of the blocks for that blocksize. It also
keeps a running total of the cumulative size of all of the blocks
up to each size to help determine the size of caching SSDs to be
added to zfs hardware deployments.
The block history counts and lengths are summarized in bins
which are powers of two. Even rows with counts of zero are printed.
This change is accessed by specifying one of two options:
zdb -bbb pool
zdb -Pbbb pool
The first version prints the table in fixed size columns.
The second prints in "parseable" output that can be placed into
a CSV file.
Fixed Column, nicenum output sample:
block psize lsize asize
size Count Length Cum. Count Length Cum. Count Length Cum.
512: 3.50K 1.75M 1.75M 3.43K 1.71M 1.71M 3.41K 1.71M 1.71M
1K: 3.65K 3.67M 5.43M 3.43K 3.44M 5.15M 3.50K 3.51M 5.22M
2K: 3.45K 6.92M 12.3M 3.41K 6.83M 12.0M 3.59K 7.26M 12.5M
4K: 3.44K 13.8M 26.1M 3.43K 13.7M 25.7M 3.49K 14.1M 26.6M
8K: 3.42K 27.3M 53.5M 3.41K 27.3M 53.0M 3.44K 27.6M 54.2M
16K: 3.43K 54.9M 108M 3.50K 56.1M 109M 3.42K 54.7M 109M
32K: 3.44K 110M 219M 3.41K 109M 218M 3.43K 110M 219M
64K: 3.41K 218M 437M 3.41K 218M 437M 3.44K 221M 439M
128K: 3.41K 437M 874M 3.70K 474M 911M 3.41K 437M 876M
256K: 3.41K 874M 1.71G 3.41K 874M 1.74G 3.41K 874M 1.71G
512K: 3.41K 1.71G 3.41G 3.41K 1.71G 3.45G 3.41K 1.71G 3.42G
1M: 3.41K 3.41G 6.82G 3.41K 3.41G 6.86G 3.41K 3.41G 6.83G
2M: 0 0 6.82G 0 0 6.86G 0 0 6.83G
4M: 0 0 6.82G 0 0 6.86G 0 0 6.83G
8M: 0 0 6.82G 0 0 6.86G 0 0 6.83G
16M: 0 0 6.82G 0 0 6.86G 0 0 6.83G
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Robert E. Novak <novak5@llnl.gov>
Closes: #9158Closes#10315
Reduce the usage of EXTRA_DIST. If files are conditionally included in
_SOURCES, _HEADERS etc, automake is smart enough to dist all files that
could possibly be included, but this does not apply to EXTRA_DIST,
resulting in make dist depending on the configuration.
Add some files that were missing altogether in various Makefile's.
The changes to disted files in this commit (excluding deleted files):
+./cmd/zed/agents/README.md
+./etc/init.d/README.md
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/getexecname.c
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/gethostid.c
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/getmntany.c
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/mnttab.c
-./lib/libzfs/libzfs_core.pc
-./lib/libzfs/libzfs.pc
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_compat.c
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_fsshare.c
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_ioctl_compat.c
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_zmount.c
+./lib/libzutil/os/freebsd/zutil_compat.c
+./lib/libzutil/os/freebsd/zutil_device_path_os.c
+./lib/libzutil/os/freebsd/zutil_import_os.c
+./module/lua/README.zfs
+./module/os/linux/spl/README.md
+./tests/README.md
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/cli_root/zfs_clone/zfs_clone_rm_nested.ksh
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/cli_root/zfs_send/zfs_send_encrypted_unloaded.ksh
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/inheritance/README.config
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/inheritance/README.state
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/rsend/rsend_016_neg.ksh
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/perf/fio/sequential_readwrite.fio
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10501
The test added in commit
4313a5b4c5 ("Detect if sed supports --in-place")
doesn't work at least on my system (autoconfig-2.69).
The issue is that SED has already been found and cached before this
function is evaluated, with the result that the test is completely
skipped.
...
checking for a sed that does not truncate output... /usr/bin/sed
...
checking for sed --in-place... (cached) /usr/bin/sed
The first test is executed by libtool.m4. This looks to have been around
in libtool for at least 15 years or so, not sure why this was not
encountered at the time of the original commit.
Fix this by caching the value of the ac_inplace flag rather than the
path to SED. Also use $SED and add AC_REQUIRE to ensure that we use the
sed that was located by the standard configure test.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10493
Allow users to configure notifications when TRIM operations are
completed on pools. Unlike resilver_finish and scrub_finish,
the trim_finish event is generated for each vdev in the pool
which was trimmed, so the script will generate a notification
for each one.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Kevin P. Fleming <kevin@km6g.us>
Closes#10491
This commit adds two features to zed, that macOS desires. The first
is that when you unload the kernel module, zed would enter into a
cpubusy loop calling zfs_events_next() repeatedly. We now look for
ENODEV, returned by kernel, so zed can exit gracefully.
Second feature is -I (idle) (alas -P persist was taken) is for the
deamon to;
1; if started without ZFS kernel module, stick around waiting for it.
2; if kernel module is unloaded, go back to 1.
This is due to daemons in macOS is started by launchctl, and is
expected to stick around.
Currently, the busy loop only exists when errno is ENODEV. This is
to ensure that functionality that upstream expects is not changed.
It did not care about errors before, and it still does not. (with the
exception of ENODEV).
However, it is probably better that all errors
(ERESTART notwithstanding) exits the loop, and the issues complaining
about zed taking all CPU will go away.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Closes#10476
Rephrase error-injection comment in ztest to be more clear.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#10482
And that should work even (especially) if there is no matching user or
group name. The change is originally by Xin Lin <delphij@FreeBSD.org>.
Original-patch-by: Xin Li <delphij@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Stormont <astormont@racktopsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andriy Gapon <avg@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9792Closes#10280
Include the header with prototypes in the file that provides definitions
as well, to catch any mismatch between prototype and definition.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10470
Mark functions used only in the same translation unit as static. This
only includes functions that do not have a prototype in a header file
either.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10470
zpool wait brought in sem_init() and family, which is a primitive set
not previously used in Open ZFS. It also happens to be deprecated
on macOS. Replace with phtread API calls.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Closes#10468
These terms reinforce the incorrect notion that black is bad and white
is good.
Replace this language with more specific terms which are also more clear
and don't rely on metaphor. Specifically:
* When vdevs are specified on the command line, they are the "selected"
vdevs.
* Entries in /dev/ which should not be considered as possible disks are
"excluded" devices.
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10457
The horrible effects of human slavery continue to impact society. The
casual use of the term "slave" in computer software is an unnecessary
reference to a painful human experience.
This commit removes all possible references to the term "slave".
Implementation notes:
The zpool.d/slaves script is renamed to dm-deps, which uses the same
terminology as `dmsetup deps`.
References to the `/sys/class/block/$dev/slaves` directory remain. This
directory name is determined by the Linux kernel. Although
`dmsetup deps` provides the same information, it unfortunately requires
elevated privileges, whereas the `/sys/...` directory is world-readable.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10435
cmd/zpool and lib/libzutil Makefile's use -I., which won't work with a
VPATH build. Replace it with -I$(srcdir) instead.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10379Closes#10421
Background:
By increasing the recordsize property above the default of 128KB, a
filesystem may have "large" blocks. By default, a send stream of such a
filesystem does not contain large WRITE records, instead it decreases
objects' block sizes to 128KB and splits the large blocks into 128KB
blocks, allowing the large-block filesystem to be received by a system
that does not support the `large_blocks` feature. A send stream
generated by `zfs send -L` (or `--large-block`) preserves the large
block size on the receiving system, by using large WRITE records.
When receiving an incremental send stream for a filesystem with large
blocks, if the send stream's -L flag was toggled, a bug is encountered
in which the file's contents are incorrectly zeroed out. The contents
of any blocks that were not modified by this send stream will be lost.
"Toggled" means that the previous send used `-L`, but this incremental
does not use `-L` (-L to no-L); or that the previous send did not use
`-L`, but this incremental does use `-L` (no-L to -L).
Changes:
This commit addresses the problem with several changes to the semantics
of zfs send/receive:
1. "-L to no-L" incrementals are rejected. If the previous send used
`-L`, but this incremental does not use `-L`, the `zfs receive` will
fail with this error message:
incremental send stream requires -L (--large-block), to match
previous receive.
2. "no-L to -L" incrementals are handled correctly, preserving the
smaller (128KB) block size of any already-received files that used large
blocks on the sending system but were split by `zfs send` without the
`-L` flag.
3. A new send stream format flag is added, `SWITCH_TO_LARGE_BLOCKS`.
This feature indicates that we can correctly handle "no-L to -L"
incrementals. This flag is currently not set on any send streams. In
the future, we intend for incremental send streams of snapshots that
have large blocks to use `-L` by default, and these streams will also
have the `SWITCH_TO_LARGE_BLOCKS` feature set. This ensures that streams
from the default use of `zfs send` won't encounter the bug mentioned
above, because they can't be received by software with the bug.
Implementation notes:
To facilitate accessing the ZPL's generation number,
`zfs_space_delta_cb()` has been renamed to `zpl_get_file_info()` and
restructured to fill in a struct with ZPL-specific info including owner
and generation.
In the "no-L to -L" case, if this is a compressed send stream (from
`zfs send -cL`), large WRITE records that are being written to small
(128KB) blocksize files need to be decompressed so that they can be
written split up into multiple blocks. The zio pipeline will recompress
each smaller block individually.
A new test case, `send-L_toggle`, is added, which tests the "no-L to -L"
case and verifies that we get an error for the "-L to no-L" case.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#6224Closes#10383
The l2arc_evict() function is responsible for evicting buffers which
reference the next bytes of the L2ARC device to be overwritten. Teach
this function to additionally TRIM that vdev space before it is
overwritten if the device has been filled with data. This is done by
vdev_trim_simple() which trims by issuing a new type of TRIM,
TRIM_TYPE_SIMPLE.
We also implement a "Trim Ahead" feature. It is a zfs module parameter,
expressed in % of the current write size. This trims ahead of the
current write size. A minimum of 64MB will be trimmed. The default is 0
which disables TRIM on L2ARC as it can put significant stress to
underlying storage devices. To enable TRIM on L2ARC we set
l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
We also implement TRIM of the whole cache device upon addition to a
pool, pool creation or when the header of the device is invalid upon
importing a pool or onlining a cache device. This is dependent on
l2arc_trim_ahead > 0. TRIM of the whole device is done with
TRIM_TYPE_MANUAL so that its status can be monitored by zpool status -t.
We save the TRIM state for the whole device and the time of completion
on-disk in the header, and restore these upon L2ARC rebuild so that
zpool status -t can correctly report them. Whole device TRIM is done
asynchronously so that the user can export of the pool or remove the
cache device while it is trimming (ie if it is too slow).
We do not TRIM the whole device if persistent L2ARC has been disabled by
l2arc_rebuild_enabled = 0 because we may not want to lose all cached
buffers (eg we may want to import the pool with
l2arc_rebuild_enabled = 0 only once because of memory pressure). If
persistent L2ARC has been disabled by setting the module parameter
l2arc_rebuild_blocks_min_l2size to a value greater than the size of the
cache device then the whole device is trimmed upon creation or import of
a pool if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Adam D. Moss <c@yotes.com>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#9713Closes#9789Closes#10224
The pool may not be imported when the previous pass is terminated.
In which case, spa_open() will return ENOENT to indicate the pool
is not currently imported. Refactor to code slightly to handle
this case by importing the pool and then retrying the spa_open().
The ztest_import() function was moved before ztest_run() and the
import logic split in to a small internal helper function. The
ztest_freeze() function was also moved but no changes were made.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10407
It's possible for ztest to be killed while the pool is exported
which results in an empty cache file. This is a valid state to
test, but the validation check performed by ztest_run_zdb()
depends on the pool being in the cache file. If it's not the
following error is printed.
zdb -bccsv -G -d -Y -U /tmp/zloop-run/zpool.cache ztest
zdb: can't open '/tmp/zloop-run': No such file or directory
Resolve these failures by removing the dependency on the cache
file. Functionally, we only care that the pool can be imported
and that the zdb verification passes.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10385
This reverts commit a9cd8bf which introduced a segfault when running
`zfs mount -a` multiple times when there are mountpoints which are
not empty. This segfault is now seen frequently by the CI after
the mount code was updated to directly call mount(2).
The original reason this logic was added is described in #8881.
Since then the systemd `zfs-share.target` has been updated to run
"After" the `zfs-mount.server` which should avoid this issue.
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9560Closes#10364
Allow zfs datasets to be mounted on Linux without relying on the
invocation of an external processes. This is the same behavior
which is implemented for FreeBSD.
Use of the libmount library was originally considered because it
provides functionality to properly lock and update the /etc/mtab
file. However, these days /etc/mtab is typically a symlink to
/proc/self/mounts so there's nothing to updated. Therefore, we
call mount(2) directly and avoid any additional dependencies.
If required the legacy behavior can be enabled by setting the
ZFS_MOUNT_HELPER environment variable. This may be needed in
environments where SELinux in enabled and the zfs binary does
not have mount permission.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Felix Dörre <felix@dogcraft.de>
#10294
Small program that converts a dataset id and an object id to a path
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#10204
As we do not expect the destination of these strncpy calls to be NULL
terminated, substitute them with memcpy.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10346
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: AJ Jordan <alex@strugee.net>
Closes#10288
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: AJ Jordan <alex@strugee.net>
Closes#10288
When building on native dev system, there are no issues but when
cross-compiling for target system, some linker errors are observed.
The only way to avoid these errors is by adjusting the Makefile.am
of those various components to add the library dependencies.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Petros Koutoupis <petros@petroskoutoupis.com>
Closes#10304
Functional changes:
We implement refcounts of log blocks and their aligned size on the
cache device along with two corresponding arcstats. The refcounts are
reflected in the header of the device and provide valuable information
as to whether log blocks are accounted for correctly. These are
dynamically adjusted as log blocks are committed/evicted. zdb also uses
this information in the device header and compares it to the
corresponding values as reported by dump_l2arc_log_blocks() which
emulates l2arc_rebuild(). If the refcounts saved in the device header
report higher values, zdb exits with an error. For this feature to work
correctly there should be no active writes on the device. This is also
employed in the tests of persistent L2ARC. We extend the structure of
the cache device header by adding the two new variables mirroring the
refcounts after the existing variables to preserve backward
compatibility in terms of persistent L2ARC.
1) a new arcstat "l2_log_blk_asize" and refcount "l2ad_lb_asize" which
reflect the total aligned size of log blocks on the device. This is
also reflected in the header of the cache device as "dh_lb_asize".
2) a new arcstat "l2arc_log_blk_count" and refcount "l2ad_lb_count"
which reflect the total number of L2ARC log blocks present on cache
devices. It is also reflected in the header of the cache device as
"dh_lb_count".
In l2arc_rebuild_vdev() if the amount of committed log entries in a log
block is 0 and the device header is valid we update the device header.
This will facilitate trimming of the whole device in this case when
TRIM for L2ARC is implemented.
Improve loop protection in l2arc_rebuild() by using the starting offset
of the payload of each log block instead of the starting offset of the
log block.
If the zio in l2arc_write_buffers() fails, restore the lbps array in the
header of the device to its previous state in l2arc_write_done().
If l2arc_rebuild() ends the rebuild process without restoring any L2ARC
log blocks in ARC and without any other error, this means that the lbps
array in the header is pointing to non-existent or invalid log blocks.
Reset the device header in this case.
In l2arc_rebuild() change the zfs_dbgmsg messages to
spa_history_log_internal() making them user visible with zpool history
command.
Non-functional changes:
Make the first test in persistent L2ARC use `zdb -lll` to increase
coverage in `zdb.c`.
Rename psize with asize when referring to log blocks, since
L2ARC_SET_PSIZE stores the vdev aligned size for log blocks. Also
rename dh_log_blk_entries to dh_log_entries to make it clear that
it is a mirror of l2ad_log_entries. Added comments for both changes.
Fix inaccurate comments for example in l2arc_log_blk_restore().
Add asserts at the end in l2arc_evict() and l2arc_write_buffers().
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10228
Modern bootloaders leverage data stored in the root filesystem to
enable some of their powerful features. GRUB specifically has a grubenv
file which can store large amounts of configuration data that can be
read and written at boot time and during normal operation. This allows
sysadmins to configure useful features like automated failover after
failed boot attempts. Unfortunately, due to the Copy-on-Write nature
of ZFS, the standard behavior of these tools cannot handle writing to
ZFS files safely at boot time. We need an alternative way to store
data that allows the bootloader to make changes to the data.
This work is very similar to work that was done on Illumos to enable
similar functionality in the FreeBSD bootloader. This patch is different
in that the data being stored is a raw grubenv file; this file can store
arbitrary variables and values, and the scripting provided by grub is
powerful enough that special structures are not required to implement
advanced behavior.
We repurpose the second padding area in each label to store the grubenv
file, protected by an embedded checksum. We add two ioctls to get and
set this data, and libzfs_core and libzfs functions to access them more
easily. There are no direct command line interfaces to these functions;
these will be added directly to the bootloader utilities.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#10009
If the reported terminal width is 0 or less than 42, the signed variable
width was set to a negative number that was then assigned to the
unsigned column width becoming a huge number.
Add comments and change logic to better explain what's happening.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Philip Pokorny <ppokorny@mindspring.com>
Closes#10247
Running zdb -l $disk shows a warning that zfs_arc_max is being ignored.
zdb sets zfs_arc_max below zfs_arc_min, which causes the value to be
ignored by arc_tuning_update().
Set zfs_arc_min to the bare minimum in zdb, which is below zfs_arc_max.
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10269
Round up the volume size requested in `zfs create -V size` to the next
higher multiple of the volblocksize. Updates the man page and adds a
test to verify the new behavior.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reported-by: puffi <puffi@users.noreply.github.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex John <alex@stty.io>
Closes#8541Closes#10196
Fix uninitialized variable in `zstream redup` command. The compiler
may determine the 'stream_offset' variable can be uninitialized
because not all rdt_lookup() exit paths set it. This should never
happen in practice as documented by the assert, but initialize it
regardless to resolve the warning.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10241Closes#10244
Deduplicated send streams (i.e. `zfs send -D` and `zfs receive` of such
streams) are deprecated. Deduplicated send streams can be received by
first converting them to non-deduplicated with the `zstream redup`
command.
This commit removes the code for sending and receiving deduplicated send
streams. `zfs send -D` will now print a warning, ignore the `-D` flag,
and generate a regular (non-deduplicated) send stream. `zfs receive` of
a deduplicated send stream will print an error message and fail.
The resulting code simplification (especially in the kernel's support
for receiving dedup streams) should help enable future performance
enhancements.
Several new tests are added which leverage `zstream redup`.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Issue #7887
Issue #10117
Issue #10156Closes#10212
On zpools containing hole vdevs (e.g. removed log devices), the `zpool
trim` (and presumably `zpool initialize`) commands will attempt calling
their respective functions on "hole", which fails, as this is not a real
vdev.
Avoid this by removing HOLE vdevs in zpool_collect_leaves.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Haas <git@haasn.xyz>
Closes#10227
Minor fixes on persistent L2ARC improving code readability and fixing
a typo in zdb.c when byte-swapping a log block. It also improves the
pesist_l2arc_007_pos.ksh test by giving it more time to retrieve log
blocks on the cache device.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Adam D. Moss <c@yotes.com>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10210
./cmd/zpool/zpool.d/smart:78:32:
note: Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting. [SC2086]
Reported by latest shellcheck on FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10194
Add the FreeBSD platform code to the OpenZFS repository. As of this
commit the source can be compiled and tested on FreeBSD 11 and 12.
Subsequent commits are now required to compile on FreeBSD and Linux.
Additionally, they must pass the ZFS Test Suite on FreeBSD which is
being run by the CI. As of this commit 1230 tests pass on FreeBSD
and there are no unexpected failures.
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#898Closes#8987
The test for VDEV_TYPE_INDIRECT is done after a memory allocation, and
could return from function without freeing it. Since we don't need that
allocation yet, just postpone it.
Add a missing free() when buffer is no longer needed.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: João Carlos Mendes Luís <jonny@jonny.eng.br>
Closes#10193
* Fix uninitialized variable in `zstream redup` command. The
'rdt.ddt_count' variable is uninitialized because it was
allocated from the stack and not globally. Initialize it.
This was reported by gcc when compiling with debugging enabled.
zstream_redup.c:157:16: error: 'rdt.ddt_count' may be used
uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
* Remove the cmd/zstreamdump/.gitignore file. It's no longer
needed now that the zstreamdump command is a script.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10192
Deduplicated send and receive is deprecated. To ease migration to the
new dedup-send-less world, the commit adds a `zstream redup` utility to
convert deduplicated send streams to normal streams, so that they can
continue to be received indefinitely.
The new `zstream` command also replaces the functionality of
`zstreamdump`, by way of the `zstream dump` subcommand. The
`zstreamdump` command is replaced by a shell script which invokes
`zstream dump`.
The way that `zstream redup` works under the hood is that as we read the
send stream, we build up a hash table which maps from `<GUID, object,
offset> -> <file_offset>`.
Whenever we see a WRITE record, we add a new entry to the hash table,
which indicates where in the stream file to find the WRITE record for
this block. (The key is `drr_toguid, drr_object, drr_offset`.)
For entries other than WRITE_BYREF, we pass them through unchanged
(except for the running checksum, which is recalculated).
For WRITE_BYREF records, we change them to WRITE records. We find the
referenced WRITE record by looking in the hash table (for the record
with key `drr_refguid, drr_refobject, drr_refoffset`), and then reading
the record header and payload from the specified offset in the stream
file. This is why the stream can not be a pipe. The found WRITE record
replaces the WRITE_BYREF record, with its `drr_toguid`, `drr_object`,
and `drr_offset` fields changed to be the same as the WRITE_BYREF's
(i.e. we are writing the same logical block, but with the data supplied
by the previous WRITE record).
This algorithm requires memory proportional to the number of WRITE
records (same as `zfs send -D`), but the size per WRITE record is
relatively low (40 bytes, vs. 72 for `zfs send -D`). A 1TB send stream
with 8KB blocks (`recordsize=8k`) would use around 5GB of RAM to
"redup".
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10124Closes#10156
This commit makes the L2ARC persistent across reboots. We implement
a light-weight persistent L2ARC metadata structure that allows L2ARC
contents to be recovered after a reboot. This significantly eases the
impact a reboot has on read performance on systems with large caches.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Saso Kiselkov <skiselkov@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Co-authored-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Ported-by: Yuxuan Shui <yshuiv7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#925Closes#1823Closes#2672Closes#3744Closes#9582
Add a mechanism to wait for delete queue to drain.
When doing redacted send/recv, many workflows involve deleting files
that contain sensitive data. Because of the way zfs handles file
deletions, snapshots taken quickly after a rm operation can sometimes
still contain the file in question, especially if the file is very
large. This can result in issues for redacted send/recv users who
expect the deleted files to be redacted in the send streams, and not
appear in their clones.
This change duplicates much of the zpool wait related logic into a
zfs wait command, which can be used to wait until the internal
deleteq has been drained. Additional wait activities may be added
in the future.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9707
Issue #10090 reported that snapshots created between midnight and 1 AM
are missing a padded zero in the creation property
This change fixes the bug reported in issue #10090 where snapshots
created between midnight and 1 AM were missing a padded zero in the
creation timestamp output.
The leading zero was missing because the time format string used `%k`
which formats the hour as a decimal number from 0 to 23 where single
digits are preceded by blanks[0] and is fixed by changing it to `%H`
which formats the hour as 00-23.
The difference in output is as below
```
-Thu Mar 26 0:39 2020
+Thu Mar 26 00:39 2020
```
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Alex John <alex@stty.io>
Closes#10090Closes#10153
Dedup send can only deduplicate over the set of blocks in the send
command being invoked, and it does not take advantage of the dedup table
to do so. This is a very common misconception among not only users, but
developers, and makes the feature seem more useful than it is. As a
result, many users are using the feature but not getting any benefit
from it.
Dedup send requires a nontrivial expenditure of memory and CPU to
operate, especially if the dataset(s) being sent is (are) not already
using a dedup-strength checksum.
Dedup send adds developer burden. It expands the test matrix when
developing new features, causing bugs in released code, and delaying
development efforts by forcing more testing to be done.
As a result, we are deprecating the use of `zfs send -D` and receiving
of such streams. This change adds a warning to the man page, and also
prints the warning whenever dedup send or receive are used.
In a future release, we plan to:
1. remove the kernel code for generating deduplicated streams
2. make `zfs send -D` generate regular, non-deduplicated streams
3. remove the kernel code for receiving deduplicated streams
4. make `zfs receive` of deduplicated streams process them in userland
to "re-duplicate" them, so that they can still be received.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#7887Closes#10117
libzfs aborts and dumps core on EINVAL from the kernel when trying to
do a redacted send with a bookmark that is not a redaction bookmark.
Move redacted bookmark validation into libzfs.
Check if the bookmark given for redactions is actually a redaction
bookmark. Print an error message and exit gracefully if it is not.
Don't abort on EINVAL in zfs_send_one.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10138
Changed interval value type from decimal to integer,
because of deprecation warning in Python 3.8 and above.
Also changed kstat values type from decimal to integer,
because all the values are integers.
Fixed behavior of arcstat when run without args.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Zieba <bartosz@zieba.pro>
Closes#10132Closes#10142
Currently when the dataset is in use we can't receive snapshots.
zfs send test/1@asd | zfs recv -FM test/2
cannot unmount '/test/2': Device busy
This commits add option 'M' which attempts to forcibly unmount the
dataset. Thanks to this we can enforce receiving snapshots in a
single step.
Note that this functionality is not supported on Linux because the
VFS will prevent active mounted filesystems from being unmounted,
even with the force option. This is the intended VFS behavior.
Test cases were added to verify the expected behavior based on
the platform.
Discussed-with: Pawel Jakub Dawidek <pjd@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
External-issue: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D22306Closes#9904
UINT64_MAX is not exactly representable as a double.
The closest representation is UINT64_MAX + 1, so we can use a >=
comparison instead of > for the bounds check.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10127
Manual trims fall into the category of long-running pool activities
which people might want to wait synchronously for. This change adds
support to 'zpool wait' for waiting for manual trim operations to
complete. It also adds a '-w' flag to 'zpool trim' which can be used to
turn 'zpool trim' into a synchronous operation.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Closes#10071
When "zfs destroy" is run, it completes quickly, and in the background
we locate the blocks to free and free them. This background activity
can be observed with `zpool get freeing` and `zpool wait -t free ...`.
This background activity is processed by a single thread (the spa_sync
thread) which calls zio_free() on each of the blocks to free. With even
modest storage performance, the CPU consumption of zio_free() can be the
performance bottleneck.
Performance of zio_free() can be improved by not actually creating a
zio_t in the common case (non-dedup, non-gang), instead calling
metaslab_free() directly. This avoids the CPU cost of allocating the
zio_t, and more importantly the cost of adding and later removing this
zio_t from the parent zio's child list.
The result is that performance of background freeing more than doubles,
from 0.6 million blocks per second to 1.3 million blocks per second.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10034
Linux uses modinfo to get tunables descriptions, FreeBSD has to use
sysctl.
Move the existing function definition so it is defined that way on
Linux, and add a definition in terms of sysctl for FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10062
This commit refactors the systemd mount generators and makes the
following major changes:
- The generator now generates units for datasets marked canmount=noauto,
too. These units are NOT WantedBy local-fs.target.
If there are multiple noauto datasets for a path, no noauto unit will
be created. Datasets with canmount=on are prioritized.
- Introduces handling of new user properties which are now included in
the zfs-list.cache files:
- org.openzfs.systemd:requires:
List of units to require for this mount unit
- org.openzfs.systemd:requires-mounts-for:
List of mounts to require by this mount unit
- org.openzfs.systemd:before:
List of units to order after this mount unit
- org.openzfs.systemd:after:
List of units to order before this mount unit
- org.openzfs.systemd:wanted-by:
List of units to add a Wants dependency on this mount unit to
- org.openzfs.systemd:required-by:
List of units to add a Requires dependency on this mount unit to
- org.openzfs.systemd:nofail:
Toggles between a wants and a requires dependency.
- org.openzfs.systemd:ignore:
Do not generate a mount unit for this dataset.
Consult the updated man page for detailed documentation.
- Restructures and extends the zfs-mount-generator(8) man page with the
above properties, information on unit ordering and a license header.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: InsanePrawn <insane.prawny@gmail.com>
Closes#9649
There are slight differences in the iostat commands between FreeBSD and
Linux.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#9979
zstreamdump -C always fails. It is not calculating the checksums, but
it's still trying to verify that the (non-calculated) checksum matches
the one stored in the send stream.
This change makes zstreamdump -C not verify checksums.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#9983
When zdb is printing paths, also print the symlink target if it exists.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Justin Keogh <commits@v6y.net>
Closes#9925
This feature allows copying existing bookmarks using
zfs bookmark fs#target fs#newbookmark
There are some niche use cases for such functionality,
e.g. when using bookmarks as markers for replication progress.
Copying redaction bookmarks produces a normal bookmark that
cannot be used for redacted send (we are not duplicating
the redaction object).
ZCP support for bookmarking (both creation and copying) will be
implemented in a separate patch based on this work.
Overview:
- Terminology:
- source = existing snapshot or bookmark
- new/bmark = new bookmark
- Implement bookmark copying in `dsl_bookmark.c`
- create new bookmark node
- copy source's `zbn_phys` to new's `zbn_phys`
- zero-out redaction object id in copy
- Extend existing bookmark ioctl nvlist schema to accept
bookmarks as sources
- => `dsl_bookmark_create_nvl_validate` is authoritative
- use `dsl_dataset_is_before` check for both snapshot
and bookmark sources
- Adjust CLI
- refactor shortname expansion logic in `zfs_do_bookmark`
- Update man pages
- warn about redaction bookmark handling
- Add test cases
- CLI
- pyyzfs libzfs_core bindings
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#9571
zdb -R :b fails due to the indirect block being compressed,
and the 'b' and 'd' flag not working in tandem when specified.
Fix the flag parsing code and create a zfs test for zdb -R
block display. Also fix the zio flags where the dotted notation
for the vdev portion of DVA (i.e. 0.0:offset:length) fails.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#9640Closes#9729
Not all systems / distros have a `/bin/bash`, and these scripts are
more difficult to run at development time.
For example, my system is NixOS which doesn't have a /bin/bash. This
is not a problem for NixOS building ZFS as a package: the build
environment automatically replaces these shebangs with corrected
paths.
The problem is much more annoying at development time: either the
scripts don't run, or I correct them for my local machine and deal with
a perpetually dirty work tree.
Before committing this patch I confirmed there are existing scripts
which use `/usr/bin/env` to locate bash, so I am thinking this is a
safe transformation.
There are a handful of other shebangs in this repository which don't
work on my system. This patch is useful on its own specifically for
`commitcheck.sh`, otherwise I can't validate my commits before
submission.
Here are the remaining shebangs which NixOS systems won't have:
1274 #!/bin/ksh -p
91 #!/bin/ksh
89 #! /bin/ksh -p
2 #!/bin/sed -f
1 #!/usr/bin/perl -w
1 #!/usr/bin/ksh
1 #!/bin/nawk -f
plus this which will create an invalid shebang in
`tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/mv_files/mv_files_common.kshlib`:
echo "#!/bin/ksh" > $TEST_BASE_DIR/exitsZero.ksh
I chose to leave those alone for now, and gauge the interest in this
much smaller patch first.
The fixes for these are easy enough by simply using `/usr/bin/env ksh`:
91 #!/bin/ksh
1 #!/usr/bin/ksh
The fix for the other set is much trickier. Quoting the GNU coreutils
manual:
Most operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, BSDs) treat all text after
the first space as a single argument. When using env in a script it
is thus not possible to specify multiple arguments.
and not all `env`'s support arguments.
Mine (GNU Coreutils 8.31) does, though this feature is new since
April 2018, GNU Coreutils 8.30:
https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/coreutils.git/commit/?id=668306ed86c8c79b0af0db8b9c882654ebb66db2
and worse, requires the -S argument:
-S, --split-string=S process and split S into separate arguments;
used to pass multiple arguments on shebang
lines
Example:
$ seq 1 2 | $(nix-build '<nixpkgs>' -A coreutils)/bin/env "sort -nr"
/nix/[...]-coreutils-8.31/bin/env: ‘sort -nr’: No such file or directory
/nix/[...]-coreutils-8.31/bin/env: use -[v]S to pass options in shebang lines
$ seq 1 2 | $(nix-build '<nixpkgs>' -A coreutils)/bin/env "-S sort -nr"
2
1
GNU Coreutils says FreeBSD's `env` does, though I wonder if FreeBSD's
would be unhappy with the `-S`:
https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/html_node/env-invocation.html#env-invocation
BusyBox v1.30.1 does not, and does not have a `-S`-like option:
$ seq 1 2 | $(nix-build '<nixpkgs>' -A busybox)/bin/env "sort -nr"
env: can't execute 'sort -nr': No such file or directory
Toybox 0.8.1 also does not, and also does not have a `-S` option:
$ seq 1 2 | $(nix-build '<nixpkgs>' -A toybox)/bin/env "sort -nr"
env: exec sort -nr: No such file or directory
---
At any rate, if this patch merges and the remaining ~1,500 are updated,
the much larger patch should probably include a checkstyle-like test
asserting all new shebangs use `/usr/bin/env`. I also don't mind
dealing with NixOS weirdness if the project would prefer that.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Graham Christensen <graham@grahamc.com>
Closes#9893
-fno-common is the new default in GCC 10, replacing -fcommon in
GCC <= 9, so static data must only be allocated once.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@european-processor-initiative.eu>
Closes#9943
Allow a range of object identifiers to dump with -d. This may
be useful when dumping a large dataset and you want to break
it up into multiple phases, or to resume where a previous scan
left off. Object type selection flags are supported to reduce
the performance overhead of verbosely dumping unwanted objects,
and to reduce the amount of post-processing work needed to
filter out unwanted objects from zdb output.
This change extends existing syntax in a backward-compatible
way. That is, the base case of a range is to specify a single
object identifier to dump. Ranges and object identifiers can
be intermixed as command line parameters.
Usage synopsis:
Object ranges take the form <start>:<end>[:<flags>]
start Starting object number
end Ending object number, or -1 for no upper bound
flags Optional flags to select object types:
A All objects (this is the default)
d ZFS directories
f ZFS files
m SPA space maps
z ZAPs
- Negate effect of next flag
Examples:
# Dump all file objects
zdb -dd tank/fish 0👎f
# Dump all file and directory objects
zdb -dd tank/fish 0👎fd
# Dump all types except file and directory objects
zdb -dd tank/fish 0👎A-f-d
# Dump object IDs in a specific range
zdb -dd tank/fish 1000:2000
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Closes#9832
Implements the RAID-Z function using AltiVec SIMD.
This is basically the NEON code translated to AltiVec.
Note that the 'fletcher' algorithm requires 64-bits
operations, and the initial implementations of AltiVec
(PPC74xx a.k.a. G4, PPC970 a.k.a. G5) only has up to
32-bits operations, so no 'fletcher'.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@european-processor-initiative.eu>
Closes#9539
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#9867
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#9867
As an alternative to the dataset name, zdb now allows the decimal
or hexadecimal objset ID to be specified. When permanent errors
are reported as 2 hexadecimal numbers (objset ID : object ID) in
zpool status; you can now use 'zdb <pool>[/objset ID] object' to
determine the names of the objset and object which have the error.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#9733
Update the project website links contained in to repository to
reference the secure https://zfsonlinux.org address.
Reviewed-By: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Garrett Fields <ghfields@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9837
This commit adds the --saved (-S) to the 'zfs send' command.
This flag allows a user to send a partially received dataset,
which can be useful when migrating a backup server to new
hardware. This flag is compatible with resumable receives, so
even if the saved send is interrupted, it can be resumed.
The flag does not require any user / kernel ABI changes or any
new feature flags in the send stream format.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#9007
For dedup, special and log devices "zpool add -n" does not print
correctly their vdev type:
~# zpool add -n pool dedup /tmp/dedup special /tmp/special log /tmp/log
would update 'pool' to the following configuration:
pool
/tmp/normal
/tmp/dedup
/tmp/special
/tmp/log
This could lead storage administrators to modify their ZFS pools to
unexpected and unintended vdev configurations.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#9783Closes#9390
If the ZFS_COLOR env variable is set, then use ANSI color
output in zpool status:
- Column headers are bold
- Degraded or offline pools/vdevs are yellow
- Non-zero error counters and faulted vdevs/pools are red
- The 'status:' and 'action:' sections are yellow if they're
displaying a warning.
This also includes a new 'faketty' function in libtest.shlib that is
compatible with FreeBSD (code provided by @freqlabs).
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#9340
As indicated by the VERIFY the local who_perm variable can never
be NULL in parse_fs_perm(). Due to the existence of the is_set
conditional, which is always true, cppcheck 1.88 was reporting
a possible NULL reference. Resolve the issue by removing the
extraneous is_set variable.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9732
Add the 'zfs jail/unjail' subcommands along with the relevant
documentation from FreeBSD. This feature is not supported on
Linux and still requires the match kernel ioctls which will
be included when the FreeBSD platform code is integrated.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9686
This interferes with zdb_read_block trying all the decompression
algorithms when the 'd' flag is specified, as some are
expected to fail. Also control the output when guessing
algorithms, try the more common compression types first, allow
specifying lsize/psize, and fix an uninitialized variable.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#9612Closes#9630
Remove the ASSERTV macro and handle suppressing unused
compiler warnings for variables only in ASSERTs using the
__attribute__((unused)) compiler annotation. The annotation
is understood by both gcc and clang.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9671
arc_summary3 reports L2ARC hits and misses as Bytes, whereas they
should be reported as events. arc_summary2 reports these correctly.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#9669
The checksum display code of zdb_read_block uses a zio
to read in the block and then calls zio_checksum_compute.
Use a new zio in the call to zio_checksum_compute not the zio
from the read which has been destroyed by zio_wait.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#9644Closes#9657
Adding the FreeBSD code allows arc_summary and arcstat
to be used on FreeBSD.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9641
The function zdb_read_block (zdb -R) was always intended to have a :c
flag which would read the DVA and length supplied by the user, and
display the checksum. Since we don't know which checksum goes with
the data, we should calculate and display them all.
For each checksum in the table, read in the data at the supplied
DVA:length, calculate the checksum, and display it. Update the man
page and create a zfs test for the new feature.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#9607
Provide a common zfs_file_* interface which can be implemented on all
platforms to perform normal file access from either the kernel module
or the libzpool library.
This allows all non-portable vnode_t usage in the common code to be
replaced by the new portable zfs_file_t. The associated vnode and
kobj compatibility functions, types, and macros have been removed
from the SPL. Moving forward, vnodes should only be used in platform
specific code when provided by the native operating system.
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9556
df58307 removed the need to specify -d 1 when zfs list and zfs get are
called with -t snapshot on a datset. This commit extends the same
behaviour to -t bookmark.
This commit also introduces the 'snap' shorthand for snapshots from
zfs list to zfs get.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: InsanePrawn <insane.prawny@gmail.com>
Closes#9589
Use sys.platform to choose the correct implementation of functions and
values of variables for the platform being run on.
Reword some comments to avoid describing implementation details in the
wrong places.
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9561
zvol_wait waits for zvol links to be created under /dev/zvol for each zvol.
Links are not created for redacted zvols so we should ignore those.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Closes#9545
A struct rangelock already exists on FreeBSD. Add a zfs_ prefix as
per our convention to prevent any conflict with existing symbols.
This change is a follow up to 2cc479d0.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9534
The custom ECKSUM errno is defined as appropriate by the
platform specific os/linux/spl/sys/errno.h header.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9537
FreeBSD has no analog. Buffered block devices were removed a decade
plus ago.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9508
In original implementation, zpool history will read the whole history
before printing anything, causing memory usage goes unbounded. We fix
this by breaking it into read-print iterations.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#9516
Consistently use the `zfs_ioctl()` wrapper since `ioctl()` cannot be
called directly due to differing semantics between platforms.
Follow up PR to #9492.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9507
We don't need to include stdio_ext.h
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9483
Not all versions of sed have the --in-place flag. Detect support for
the flag during ./configure and provide a fallback mechanism for those
systems where sed's behavior differs. The autoconf variable
${ac_inplace} can be used to choose the correct flags for editing a
file in place with sed.
Replace violating usages in Makefile.am with ${ac_inplace}.
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9463
In the FreeBSD kernel the strdup signature is:
```
char *strdup(const char *__restrict, struct malloc_type *);
```
It's unfortunate that the developers have chosen to change
the signature of libc functions - but it's what I have to
deal with.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9433
This patch implements a new tree structure for ZFS, and uses it to
store range trees more efficiently.
The new structure is approximately a B-tree, though there are some
small differences from the usual characterizations. The tree has core
nodes and leaf nodes; each contain data elements, which the elements
in the core nodes acting as separators between its children. The
difference between core and leaf nodes is that the core nodes have an
array of children, while leaf nodes don't. Every node in the tree may
be only partially full; in most cases, they are all at least 50% full
(in terms of element count) except for the root node, which can be
less full. Underfull nodes will steal from their neighbors or merge to
remain full enough, while overfull nodes will split in two. The data
elements are contained in tree-controlled buffers; they are copied
into these on insertion, and overwritten on deletion. This means that
the elements are not independently allocated, which reduces overhead,
but also means they can't be shared between trees (and also that
pointers to them are only valid until a side-effectful tree operation
occurs). The overhead varies based on how dense the tree is, but is
usually on the order of about 50% of the element size; the per-node
overheads are very small, and so don't make a significant difference.
The trees can accept arbitrary records; they accept a size and a
comparator to allow them to be used for a variety of purposes.
The new trees replace the AVL trees used in the range trees today.
Currently, the range_seg_t structure contains three 8 byte integers
of payload and two 24 byte avl_tree_node_ts to handle its storage in
both an offset-sorted tree and a size-sorted tree (total size: 64
bytes). In the new model, the range seg structures are usually two 4
byte integers, but a separate one needs to exist for the size-sorted
and offset-sorted tree. Between the raw size, the 50% overhead, and
the double storage, the new btrees are expected to use 8*1.5*2 = 24
bytes per record, or 33.3% as much memory as the AVL trees (this is
for the purposes of storing metaslab range trees; for other purposes,
like scrubs, they use ~50% as much memory).
We reduced the size of the payload in the range segments by teaching
range trees about starting offsets and shifts; since metaslabs have a
fixed starting offset, and they all operate in terms of disk sectors,
we can store the ranges using 4-byte integers as long as the size of
the metaslab divided by the sector size is less than 2^32. For 512-byte
sectors, this is a 2^41 (or 2TB) metaslab, which with the default
settings corresponds to a 256PB disk. 4k sector disks can handle
metaslabs up to 2^46 bytes, or 2^63 byte disks. Since we do not
anticipate disks of this size in the near future, there should be
almost no cases where metaslabs need 64-byte integers to store their
ranges. We do still have the capability to store 64-byte integer ranges
to account for cases where we are storing per-vdev (or per-dnode) trees,
which could reasonably go above the limits discussed. We also do not
store fill information in the compact version of the node, since it
is only used for sorted scrub.
We also optimized the metaslab loading process in various other ways
to offset some inefficiencies in the btree model. While individual
operations (find, insert, remove_from) are faster for the btree than
they are for the avl tree, remove usually requires a find operation,
while in the AVL tree model the element itself suffices. Some clever
changes actually caused an overall speedup in metaslab loading; we use
approximately 40% less cpu to load metaslabs in our tests on Illumos.
Another memory and performance optimization was achieved by changing
what is stored in the size-sorted trees. When a disk is heavily
fragmented, the df algorithm used by default in ZFS will almost always
find a number of small regions in its initial cursor-based search; it
will usually only fall back to the size-sorted tree to find larger
regions. If we increase the size of the cursor-based search slightly,
and don't store segments that are smaller than a tunable size floor
in the size-sorted tree, we can further cut memory usage down to
below 20% of what the AVL trees store. This also results in further
reductions in CPU time spent loading metaslabs.
The 16KiB size floor was chosen because it results in substantial memory
usage reduction while not usually resulting in situations where we can't
find an appropriate chunk with the cursor and are forced to use an
oversized chunk from the size-sorted tree. In addition, even if we do
have to use an oversized chunk from the size-sorted tree, the chunk
would be too small to use for ZIL allocations, so it isn't as big of a
loss as it might otherwise be. And often, more small allocations will
follow the initial one, and the cursor search will now find the
remainder of the chunk we didn't use all of and use it for subsequent
allocations. Practical testing has shown little or no change in
fragmentation as a result of this change.
If the size-sorted tree becomes empty while the offset sorted one still
has entries, it will load all the entries from the offset sorted tree
and disregard the size floor until it is unloaded again. This operation
occurs rarely with the default setting, only on incredibly thoroughly
fragmented pools.
There are some other small changes to zdb to teach it to handle btrees,
but nothing major.
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy seb@delphix.com
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9181
Factor Linux specific functionality out of libzutil.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9356
Factor Linux specific pieces out of libspl.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9336
Factor Linux specific functions out of the zpool command.
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#9333
Allow ZED notification via slack incoming webhook.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben McGough <bmcgough@fredhutch.org>
Closes#9076Closes#9350
The difference between the sizes could be positive or negative. Leaving
the types as unsigned means the result overflows when the difference is
negative and removing the labs() means we'll have introduced a bug. The
subtraction results in the correct value when the unsigned integer is
interpreted as a signed integer by labs().
Clang doesn't see that we're doing a subtraction and abusing the types.
It sees the result of the subtraction, an unsigned value, being passed
to an absolute value function and emits a warning which we treat as an
error.
Reviewed by: Youzhong Yang <youzhong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9355
Move the trailing newlines from the error message strings to the format
strings to more closely match the other error messages.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9330
Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running
operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool
status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient.
This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked,
'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity
completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following:
- Scrubs or resilvers to complete
- Devices to initialized
- Devices to be replaced
- Devices to be removed
- Checkpoints to be discarded
- Background freeing to complete
For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running
zpool wait -t scrub <pool>
This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace,
remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations
kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous.
This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of
activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl
blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used
over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the
sake of portability.
Porting Notes:
This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes
were made while porting:
- Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration.
- Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate
better with changes made for TRIM support.
- Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress.
Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of
just if a checkpoint was being discarded.
- Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable.
- Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait'
functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS.
- Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with
zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg.
- Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait.
Future work:
ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the
future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for
trim operations to complete.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Closes#9162
/usr/bin/env python3 is the suggested[1] shebang for Python in general
(likewise for python2) and is conventional across platforms. This eases
development on systems where python is not installed in /usr/bin
(FreeBSD for example) and makes it possible to develop in virtual
environments (venv) for isolating dependencies.
Many packaging guidelines discourage the use of /usr/bin/env, but since
this is the canonical way of writing shebangs in the Python community,
many packaging scripts are already equipped to handle substituting the
appropriate absolute path to python automatically.
Some RPM package builders lacking brp-mangle-shebangs need a small
fallback mechanism in the package spec to stamp the appropriate shebang
on installed Python scripts.
[1]: https://docs.python.org/3/using/unix.html?#miscellaneous
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9314
Code for interfacing with procfs for kstats and tunables is Linux-
specific. A more generic interface can be used for the abstractions of
loading kstats and various tunable parameters, allowing other platforms
to implement the functions cleanly. In a similar vein, determining the
ZFS/SPL version can be abstracted away in order for other platforms to
provide their own implementations of this function.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9279
A more generic interface can be used for the abstraction of loading
kstats, allowing other platforms to implement the function cleanly.
In a similar vein, loading tunables can be abstracted away in order for
other platforms to provide their own implementations of this function.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9277
Both 'detach' and 'online' zpool subcommands, when provided with an
unsupported option, forget to print it in the error message:
# zpool online -t rpool vda3
invalid option ''
usage:
online [-e] <pool> <device> ...
This changes fixes the error message in order to include the actual
option that is not supported.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#9270
Partially received zvols won't have links in /dev/zvol.
Reviewed-by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Closes#9260
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Closes#9234
Automake can perform program name transformations at install time.
However, arc_summary has its own name transformation taking place,
which interferes with the automake transforms. The automake transforms
must be taken into account in order to resolve the conflict.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
When a pool is imported it will scan the pool to verify the integrity
of the data and metadata. The amount it scans will depend on the
import flags provided. On systems with small amounts of memory or
when importing a pool from the crash kernel, it's possible for
spa_load_verify to issue too many I/Os that it consumes all the memory
of the system resulting in an OOM message or a hang.
To prevent this, we limit the amount of memory that the initial pool
scan can consume. This change will, by default, use 1/16th of the ARC
for scan I/Os to prevent running the system out of memory during import.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson george.wilson@delphix.com
External-issue: DLPX-65237
External-issue: DLPX-65238
Closes#9146
When we unload metaslabs today in ZFS, the cached max_size value is
discarded. We instead use the histogram to determine whether or not we
think we can satisfy an allocation from the metaslab. This can result in
situations where, if we're doing I/Os of a size not aligned to a
histogram bucket, a metaslab is loaded even though it cannot satisfy the
allocation we think it can. For example, a metaslab with 16 entries in
the 16k-32k bucket may have entirely 16kB entries. If we try to allocate
a 24kB buffer, we will load that metaslab because we think it should be
able to handle the allocation. Doing so is expensive in CPU time, disk
reads, and average IO latency. This is exacerbated if the write being
attempted is a sync write.
This change makes ZFS cache the max_size after the metaslab is
unloaded. If we ever get a free (or a coalesced group of frees) larger
than the max_size, we will update it. Otherwise, we leave it as is. When
attempting to allocate, we use the max_size as a lower bound, and
respect it unless we are in try_hard. However, we do age the max_size
out at some point, since we expect the actual max_size to increase as we
do more frees. A more sophisticated algorithm here might be helpful, but
this works reasonably well.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9055
zed core dumps due to a NULL pointer in zfs_agent_iter_vdev(). The
gs_devid is NULL, but the nvl has a "devid" entry.
zfs_agent_post_event() checks that ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID or DEV_IDENTIFIER is
present in nvl, but then later it and zfs_agent_iter_vdev() assume that
DEV_IDENTIFIER is present and thus gs_devid is set.
Typically this is not a problem because usually either all vdevs have
devid's, or none of them do. Since zfs_agent_iter_vdev() first checks if
the vdev has devid before dereferencing gs_devid, the problem isn't
typically encountered. However, if some vdevs have devid's and some do
not, then the problem is easily reproduced. This can happen if the pool
has been moved from a system that has devid's to one that does not.
The fix is for zfs_agent_iter_vdev() to only try to match the devid's if
both nvl and gsp have devid's present.
Reviewed-by: Prashanth Sreenivasa <pks@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-65090
Closes#9054Closes#9060
Deleting a clone requires finding blocks are clone-only, not shared
with the snapshot. This was done by traversing the entire block tree
which results in a large performance penalty for sparsely
written clones.
This is new method keeps track of clone blocks when they are
modified in a "Livelist" so that, when it’s time to delete,
the clone-specific blocks are already at hand.
We see performance improvements because now deletion work is
proportional to the number of clone-modified blocks, not the size
of the original dataset.
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Closes#8416
In the past we've seen multiple race conditions that have
to do with open-context threads async threads and concurrent
calls to spa_export()/spa_destroy() (including the one
referenced in issue #9015).
This patch ensures that only one thread can execute the
main body of spa_export_common() at a time, with subsequent
threads returning with a new error code created just for
this situation, eliminating this way any race condition
bugs introduced by concurrent calls to this function.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#9015Closes#9044
Creating a pool with not features enabled and running
`zdb -mmmmmm on` it before the patch:
```
Log Space Maps in Pool:
Log Space Map Obsolete Entry Statistics:
0 valid entries out of 0 - txg 0
0 valid entries out of 0 - total
```
After this patch the above output goes away.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#9048
The zfs-volume-wait.service scans existing zvols and waits for their
links under /dev to be created. Any service that depends on zvol
links to be there should add a dependency on zfs-volumes.target.
By default, this target is not enabled.
Reviewed-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zakharov <pzakharov@delphix.com>
Closes#8975
Adds the ability to sanity check zfs create arguments and to see the
value of any additional properties that will local to the dataset. For
example, automation that may need to adjust quota on a parent filesystem
before creating a volume may call `zfs create -nP -V <size> <volume>` to
obtain the value of refreservation. This adds the following options to
zfs create:
- -n dry-run (no-op)
- -v verbose
- -P parseable (implies verbose)
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerry Jelinek <jerry.jelinek@joyent.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Gerdts <mike.gerdts@joyent.com>
Closes#8974
= Motivation
At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation
is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot
of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata.
Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend
after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating
spacemaps.
The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've
touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes
scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to
their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example,
assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within
a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we
assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and
since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies
for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of
1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG.
We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less
I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on
disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk.
In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more
memory.
Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size
which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block
resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time.
The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os
going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact
is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little
to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would
actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger
block size.
= About this patch
This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the
solution to the above problem while taking into account all the
aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can
be found in the references sections below and in the code (see
Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c).
Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab
and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is
user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no
longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this,
when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced
with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array),
its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now
with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior
can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in
the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the
ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs
are truly unique within a pool.
= Testing
The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally
for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch
specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to
ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related
problems.
= Performance Analysis (Linux Specific)
All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in
the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux
gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run.
After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time
spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits
while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment
(graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png).
Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock
bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph:
sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result
the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also
the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for
the log spacemap bits.
Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock
bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8,
and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79%
of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This
emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata
but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying
objects.
[related graphs:
stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png
lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png]
Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the
change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as
you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of
improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute
interval.
sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png
sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png
= Porting to Other Platforms
For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below
is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on:
Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent
db587941c5
Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding
419ba59145
Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions
8dc2197b7b
Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load()
b194fab0fb
Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present
df72b8bebe
Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB
c853f382db
zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether
21e7cf5da8
vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs
7558997d2f
Simplify log vdev removal code
6c926f426a
Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length
425d3237ee
Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms
928e8ad47d
Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock
8eef997679
= References
Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature
- OpenZFS 2017 Presentation:
youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ
- Slides:
slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project
Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results
(Illumos Specific)
- Blogpost:
sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/
- OpenZFS 2018 Presentation:
youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw
- Slides:
slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm
Upstream Delphix Issues:
DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320
DLPX-63385
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8442
Modify zfs-mount-generator to produce a dependency on new
zfs-import-key-*.service units, dynamically created at boot to call
zfs load-key for the encryption root, before attempting to mount any
encrypted datasets.
These units are created by zfs-mount-generator, and RequiresMountsFor on
the keyfile, if present, or call systemd-ask-password if a passphrase is
requested.
This patch includes suggestions from @Fabian-Gruenbichler, @ryanjaeb and
@rlaager, as well an adaptation of @rlaager's script to retry on
incorrect password entry.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#8750Closes#8848
Restore the SIMD optimization for 4.19.38 LTS, 4.14.120 LTS,
and 5.0 and newer kernels. This is accomplished by leveraging
the fact that by definition dedicated kernel threads never need
to concern themselves with saving and restoring the user FPU state.
Therefore, they may use the FPU as long as we can guarantee user
tasks always restore their FPU state before context switching back
to user space.
For the 5.0 and 5.1 kernels disabling preemption and local
interrupts is sufficient to allow the FPU to be used. All non-kernel
threads will restore the preserved user FPU state.
For 5.2 and latter kernels the user FPU state restoration will be
skipped if the kernel determines the registers have not changed.
Therefore, for these kernels we need to perform the additional
step of saving and restoring the FPU registers. Invalidating the
per-cpu global tracking the FPU state would force a restore but
that functionality is private to the core x86 FPU implementation
and unavailable.
In practice, restricting SIMD to kernel threads is not a major
restriction for ZFS. The vast majority of SIMD operations are
already performed by the IO pipeline. The remaining cases are
relatively infrequent and can be handled by the generic code
without significant impact. The two most noteworthy cases are:
1) Decrypting the wrapping key for an encrypted dataset,
i.e. `zfs load-key`. All other encryption and decryption
operations will use the SIMD optimized implementations.
2) Generating the payload checksums for a `zfs send` stream.
In order to avoid making any changes to the higher layers of ZFS
all of the `*_get_ops()` functions were updated to take in to
consideration the calling context. This allows for the fastest
implementation to be used as appropriate (see kfpu_allowed()).
The only other notable instance of SIMD operations being used
outside a kernel thread was at module load time. This code
was moved in to a taskq in order to accommodate the new kernel
thread restriction.
Finally, a few other modifications were made in order to further
harden this code and facilitate testing. They include updating
each implementations operations structure to be declared as a
constant. And allowing "cycle" to be set when selecting the
preferred ops in the kernel as well as user space.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8754Closes#8793Closes#8965
Due to some changes introduced in 30af21b 'zfs send' can crash when
provided with invalid inputs: this change attempts to add more checks
to the affected code paths.
Reviewed-by: Attila Fülöp <attila@fueloep.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#9001
* zfs redact error messages do not end with newline character
* 30af21b0 inadvertently removed some ZFS_PROP comments
* man/zfs: zfs redact <redaction_snapshot> is not optional
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8988
When a volume is created in a pool with raidz vdevs and
volblocksize != 128k, the volume can reference more space than is
reserved with the automatically calculated refreservation. There
are two deficiencies in vol_volsize_to_reservation that contribute
to this:
1) Skip blocks may be added to keep each allocation a multiple
of parity + 1. This is the dominating factor when volblocksize
is close to 2^ashift.
2) raidz deflation for 128 KB blocks is different for most other
block sizes.
See "The theory of raidz space accounting" comment in
libzfs_dataset.c for a full explanation.
Authored by: Mike Gerdts <mike.gerdts@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed by: Sanjay Nadkarni <sanjay.nadkarni@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Jerry Jelinek <jerry.jelinek@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Kody Kantor <kody.kantor@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Mike Gerdts <mike.gerdts@joyent.com>
Porting Notes:
* ZTS: wait for zvols to exist before writing
* ZTS: use log_must_busy with {zpool|zfs} destroy
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9318
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/b73ccab0Closes#8973
This patch adds the ability for the user to unload keys for
datasets as they are being unmounted. This is analogous to
'zfs mount -l'.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes: #8917Closes: #8952
ztest creates some extremely large files as part of its
operation. When zdb tries to dump a large enough file, it
can run out of memory or spend an extremely long time
attempting to print millions or billions of uint64_ts.
We cap the amount of data from a uint64 object that we
are willing to read and print.
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-53814
Closes#8947
When used with verbosity >= 4 zdb fails an assertion in dump_bookmarks()
because it expects snprintf() to retun 0 on success.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8948
The "zfs remap" command was disabled by
6e91a72fe3, because it has little utility
and introduced some tricky bugs. This commit removes the code for it,
the associated ZFS_IOC_REMAP ioctl, and tests.
Note that the ioctl and property will remain, but have no functionality.
This allows older software to fail gracefully if it attempts to use
these, and avoids a backwards incompatibility that would be introduced if
we renumbered the later ioctls/props.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8944
Resolve the incorrect use of srcdir and builddir references for
various files in the build system. These have crept in over time
and went unnoticed because when building in the top level directory
srcdir and builddir are identical.
With this change it's again possible to build in a subdirectory.
$ mkdir obj
$ cd obj
$ ../configure
$ make
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8921Closes#8943
The zfs-mount service can unexpectedly fail to start when zfs
encounters a mount that is in progress. This service uses
zfs mount -a, which has a window between the time it checks if
the dataset was mounted and when the actual mount (via mount.zfs
binary) occurs.
The reason for the racing mounts is that both zfs-mount.target
and zfs-share.target are allowed to execute concurrently after
the import. This is more of an issue with the relatively recent
addition of parallel mounting, and we should consider serializing
the mount and share targets.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#8881
Count the bytes of payload for each replication record type
Count the bytes of overhead (replication records themselves)
Include these counters in the output summary at the end of the run.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Sponsored-By: Klara Systems and Catalogic
Closes#8432
Since 30af21b0 was merged 'zfs send' help message format is broken
and lists "-r" as a valid option: this commit corrects these
small issues.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8942
If dedup is in use, the `dedupditto` property can be set, causing ZFS to
keep an extra copy of data that is referenced many times (>100x). The
idea was that this data is more important than other data and thus we
want to be really sure that it is not lost if the disk experiences a
small amount of random corruption.
ZFS (and system administrators) rely on the pool-level redundancy to
protect their data (e.g. mirroring or RAIDZ). Since the user/sysadmin
doesn't have control over what data will be offered extra redundancy by
dedupditto, this extra redundancy is not very useful. The bulk of the
data is still vulnerable to loss based on the pool-level redundancy.
For example, if particle strikes corrupt 0.1% of blocks, you will either
be saved by mirror/raidz, or you will be sad. This is true even if
dedupditto saved another 0.01% of blocks from being corrupted.
Therefore, the dedupditto functionality is rarely enabled (i.e. the
property is rarely set), and it fulfills its promise of increased
redundancy even more rarely.
Additionally, this feature does not work as advertised (on existing
releases), because scrub/resilver did not repair the extra (dedupditto)
copy (see https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/8270).
In summary, this seldom-used feature doesn't work, and even if it did it
wouldn't provide useful data protection. It has a non-trivial
maintenance burden (again see https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/8270).
We should remove the dedupditto functionality. For backwards
compatibility with the existing CLI, "zpool set dedupditto" will still
"succeed" (exit code zero), but won't have any effect. For backwards
compatibility with existing pools that had dedupditto enabled at some
point, the code will still be able to understand dedupditto blocks and
free them when appropriate. However, ZFS won't write any new dedupditto
blocks.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Issue #8270Closes#8310
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Closes#8897Closes#8911
Redacted send/receive allows users to send subsets of their data to
a target system. One possible use case for this feature is to not
transmit sensitive information to a data warehousing, test/dev, or
analytics environment. Another is to save space by not replicating
unimportant data within a given dataset, for example in backup tools
like zrepl.
Redacted send/receive is a three-stage process. First, a clone (or
clones) is made of the snapshot to be sent to the target. In this
clone (or clones), all unnecessary or unwanted data is removed or
modified. This clone is then snapshotted to create the "redaction
snapshot" (or snapshots). Second, the new zfs redact command is used
to create a redaction bookmark. The redaction bookmark stores the
list of blocks in a snapshot that were modified by the redaction
snapshot(s). Finally, the redaction bookmark is passed as a parameter
to zfs send. When sending to the snapshot that was redacted, the
redaction bookmark is used to filter out blocks that contain sensitive
or unwanted information, and those blocks are not included in the send
stream. When sending from the redaction bookmark, the blocks it
contains are considered as candidate blocks in addition to those
blocks in the destination snapshot that were modified since the
creation_txg of the redaction bookmark. This step is necessary to
allow the target to rehydrate data in the case where some blocks are
accidentally or unnecessarily modified in the redaction snapshot.
The changes to bookmarks to enable fast space estimation involve
adding deadlists to bookmarks. There is also logic to manage the
life cycles of these deadlists.
The new size estimation process operates in cases where previously
an accurate estimate could not be provided. In those cases, a send
is performed where no data blocks are read, reducing the runtime
significantly and providing a byte-accurate size estimate.
Reviewed-by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prashanth Sreenivasa <pks@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zhakarov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#7958
We've observed that on some highly fragmented pools, most metaslab
allocations are small (~2-8KB), but there are some large, 128K
allocations. The large allocations are for ZIL blocks. If there is a
lot of fragmentation, the large allocations can be hard to satisfy.
The most common impact of this is that we need to check (and thus load)
lots of metaslabs from the ZIL allocation code path, causing sync writes
to wait for metaslabs to load, which can take a second or more. In the
worst case, we may not be able to satisfy the allocation, in which case
the ZIL will resort to txg_wait_synced() to ensure the change is on
disk.
To provide a workaround for this, this change adds a tunable that can
reduce the size of ZIL blocks.
External-issue: DLPX-61719
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8865
This matches the behavior of other python scripts, such as arcstat and
dbufstat, which are always installed but whose install-exec-hook actions
will simply touch up the shebang if a python interpreter was configured
*and* that interpreter is a python2 interpreter.
Fixes installation in a minimal build chroot without python available.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@freqlabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Closes#8851
Previously, --without-python would cause ./configure to fail. Now it is
able to proceed, and the Python scripts will not be built.
Use portable parameter expansion matching instead of nonstandard
substring matching to detect the Python version. This test is
duplicated in several places, so define a function for it.
Don't assume the full path to binaries, since different platforms do
install things in different places. Use AC_CHECK_PROGS instead.
When building without Python, also build without pyzfs.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@freqlabs.com>
Closes#8809Closes#8731
s/get_vdev_spec/make_root_vdev
The former doesn't exist anymore.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@freqlabs.com>
Closes#8759
On systems where "char" is an unsigned type the value returned by
getopt() will never be negative (-1), leading to an endless loop:
this issue prevents both 'zpool remove' and 'zstreamdump' for
working on some systems.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8789
Currently, 'zfs mount -a' will always attempt to parallelize
work related to mounting as best it can. Unfortunately, when
the user passes the '-l' option to load keys, this causes
all threads to prompt the user for their keys at once,
resulting in a confusing and racy user experience. This patch
simply disables parallel mounting when using the '-l' flag.
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8762Closes#8811
This commit adds the undocumented "-t" option to zpool(8) help message.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8782
This commit simply adds a missing newline ("\n") character to the error
message printed by the zfs command when the provided pool parameter
can't be found.
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8783
This commit removes the documented but not handled "-p" option from
zpool(8) help message.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8781
The code never returned match comparing two datasets (not snapshots).
As result, uu_avl_find(), called from zfs_callback(), never succeeded,
allowing to add same dataset into the list multiple times, for example:
# zfs get name pers pers pers@z pers@z
NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE
pers name pers -
pers name pers -
pers@z name pers@z -
With the patch:
# zfs get name pers pers pers@z pers@z
NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE
pers name pers -
pers@z name pers@z -
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#8723
Users of existing pools, especially pools with top-level encrypted
datasets, could run into trouble trying to work around Errata #4.
Clarify that removing encrypted snapshots and bookmarks is enough
to clear the errata.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Justin Scholz <git@justinscholz.de>
Closes#8682Closes#8683
Currently, it is possible for the 'zpool scrub' command to
progress slightly beyond 100% due to concurrent changes
happening on the live pool. This behavior is expected, but
the userspace code for 'zpool status' would subtract the
expected amount of data from the amount of data already
scrubbed, resulting in a negative integer being casted to a
large positive one. This number was then used to calculate
the estimated completion time, resulting in wildly wrong
results. This code changes the behavior so that 'zpool status'
does not attempt to report an estimate during this period.
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8611Closes#8687
sigignore(3) isn't portable.
This code fails to compile on platforms without sigignore(3).
Use sigaction(2).
--
zfs_main.c: In function 'zfs_do_diff':
zfs_main.c:7178:9: error: implicit declaration of function 'sigignore' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
(void) sigignore(SIGPIPE);
^~~~~~~~~
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Closes#8593
Add the 'zfs version' and 'zpool version' subcommands to display
the version of the user space utilities and loaded zfs kernel
module. For example:
$ zfs version
zfs-0.8.0-rc3_169_g67e0366b88
zfs-kmod-0.8.0-rc3_169_g67e0366b88
The '-V' and '--version' aliases were added to support the
common convention of using 'zfs --version` to obtain the version
information.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: TerraTech <1118433+TerraTech@users.noreply.github.com>
Closes#2501Closes#8567
This patch simply up cleans up a nit and corrects an error message
issue that were introduced in the Multiple DVA scrub patch.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8619
Commit df583073 introduced the ability to list the snapshots for a
specified dataset. This change inadvertently resulted in only the top-
level snapshots being listed when no dataset was specified. Fix this
issue by adding an additional check to determine if a dataset was
provided to avoid incorrectly restricting the depth.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8591Closes#8594
There are several places where we use zfs_dbgmsg and %p to
print pointers. In the Linux kernel, these values obfuscated
to prevent information leaks which means the pointers aren't
very useful for debugging crash dumps. We decided to restrict
the permissions of dbgmsg (and some other kstats while we were
at it) and print pointers with %px in zfs_dbgmsg as well as
spl_dumpstack
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: sara hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Closes#8467Closes#8476
Currently, when attempting to list snapshots ZFS may do a lot of
extra work checking child datasets. This is because the code does
not realize that it will not be able to reach any snapshots
contained within snapshots that are at the depth limit since the
snapshots of those datasets are counted as an additional layer
deeper. This patch corrects this issue.
In addition, this patch adds the ability to do perform the commands:
$ zfs list -t snapshot <dataset>
$ zfs get -t snapshot <prop> <dataset>
as a convenient way to list out properties of all snapshots of a
given dataset without having to use the depth limit.
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8539
UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help
prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other
SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for
sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can
often more efficiently manage itself.
This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize`
feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the
pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate()
code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per-
vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for
a consistent user experience. The core difference is that
instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands
for those extents.
The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new
ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes
is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls
to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are
handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs.
This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline,
one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size
limit since they contain no data.
In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background
automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim'
property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the
manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a
metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept
per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the
ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The
ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim
thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs.
Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small
there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This
may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time
was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual
`zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic
TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com>
Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8419Closes#598
When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes
include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the
duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information.
If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported,
the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does
not depend on ub_mmp_delay:
zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval
and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such
well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether
mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large
zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool.
As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than
is necessary.
This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to
record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals
values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity
test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations.
These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records.
It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on
whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with
only ub_mmp_delay, it uses
(zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals
Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf
count.
In addition, it makes a few other improvements:
* It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes
in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP
on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited
to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second).
* It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed
so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible.
* It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results
in immediate pool suspension.
* Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded
tunable values, not tunable values on importing host.
* Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid
MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number),
that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match
tunable settings.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7842
1) As implemented the `zpool labelclear` command overwrites
the calculated offsets of all four vdev labels even when only a
single valid label is found. If the device as been re-purposed
but still contains a valid label this can result in space no
longer owned by ZFS being zeroed. Prevent this by verifying
every label removed is intact before it's overwritten.
2) Address a small bug in zpool_do_labelclear() which prevented
labelclear from working on file vdevs. Only block devices support
BLKFLSBUF, try the ioctl() but when it's reported as unsupported
this should not be fatal.
3) Fix `zpool labelclear` so it can be run on vdevs which were
removed from the pool with `zpool remove`. Additionally, allow
intact but partial labels to be cleared as in the case of a failed
`zpool attach` or `zpool replace`.
4) Remove LABELCLEAR and LABELREAD variables for test cases.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8500Closes#8373Closes#6261
Currently, there is an issue in the sequential scrub code which
prevents self healing from working in some cases. The scrub code
will split up all DVA copies of a bp and issue each of them
separately. The problem is that, since each of the DVAs is no
longer associated with the others, the self healing code doesn't
have the opportunity to repair problems that show up in one of the
DVAs with the data from the others.
This patch fixes this issue by ensuring that all IOs issued by the
sequential scrub code include all DVAs. Initially, only the first
DVA of each is attempted. If an issue arises, the IO is retried
with all available copies, giving the self healing code a chance
to correct the issue.
To test this change, this patch also adds the ability for zinject
to specify individual DVAs to inject read errors into. We then
add a new test case that utilizes this functionality to ensure
scrubs and self-healing reads can handle and transparently fix
issues with individual copies of blocks.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8453
This patch attempts to address some user concerns that have arisen
since errata 4 was introduced.
* The errata warning has been made less scary for users without
any encrypted datasets.
* The errata warning now clears itself without a pool reimport if
the bookmark_v2 feature is enabled and no encrypted datasets
exist.
* It is no longer possible to create new encrypted datasets without
enabling the bookmark_v2 feature, thus helping to ensure that the
errata is resolved.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Issue ##8308
Closes#8504
Update zed.rc values reflect their default value. This helps
avoid confusion if a user expects functionality to be enabled.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Kash Pande <kash@tripleback.net>
Closes#8498
Currently, the verbose output of zstreamdump includes new line
characters within some individual records. Presumably, this was
originally done to keep the output from getting too wide to fit
on a terminal. However, since new flags and struct members have
been added, these rules have not been maintained consistently. In
addition, these newlines can make it hard to grep the output in
some scenarios. This patch simply removes these newlines, making
the output easier to grep and removing the inconsistency.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8493
Currently, there is an issue in the raw receive code where
raw receives are allowed to happen on top of previously
non-raw received datasets. This is a problem because the
source-side dataset doesn't know about how the blocks on
the destination were encrypted. As a result, any MAC in
the objset's checksum-of-MACs tree that is a parent of both
blocks encrypted on the source and blocks encrypted by the
destination will be incorrect. This will result in
authentication errors when we decrypt the dataset.
This patch fixes this issue by adding a new check to the
raw receive code. The code now maintains an "IVset guid",
which acts as an identifier for the set of IVs used to
encrypt a given snapshot. When a snapshot is raw received,
the destination snapshot will take this value from the
DRR_BEGIN payload. Non-raw receives and normal "zfs snap"
operations will cause ZFS to generate a new IVset guid.
When a raw incremental stream is received, ZFS will check
that the "from" IVset guid in the stream matches that of
the "from" destination snapshot. If they do not match, the
code will error out the receive, preventing the problem.
This patch requires an on-disk format change to add the
IVset guids to snapshots and bookmarks. As a result, this
patch has errata handling and a tunable to help affected
users resolve the issue with as little interruption as
possible.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8308
This is a simple fix for a typo ("perfetch" rather than "prefetch")
in arc_summary3.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jason Cohen <jwittlincohen@gmail.com>
Closes#8499
This patch modifies the zfs_ioc_snapshot_list_next() ioctl to enable it
to take input parameters that alter the way looping through the list of
snapshots is performed. The idea here is to restrict functions that
throw away some of the snapshots returned by the ioctl to a range of
snapshots that these functions actually use. This improves efficiency
and execution speed for some rollback and send operations.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#8077
When multihost is enabled, and a pool is suspended, return
EINVAL in response to "zpool clear <pool>". The pool
may have been imported on another host while I/O was suspended.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6933Closes#8460
When feeding a replication stream to `zstreamdump -d` (raw dump mode),
it does not print the raw data for DRR_WRITE_EMBEDDED records.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Closes#8430
The "-t" argument to "zfs program" specifies a limit on the number of
LUA instructions that can be executed. The zfs.8 manpage has the wrong
description. It should be updated to match what's in zfs-program.8
Also fix the formatting of the zfs help message.
Reviewed by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8410
Add -h switch to zfs send command to send dataset holds. If
holds are present in the stream, zfs receive will create them
on the target dataset, unless the zfs receive -h option is used
to skip receive of holds.
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#7513
with builds on illumos based platform we can see build issue
because label_t has been redefined.
for reduce build issues on others platforms we should rename
label_t to zdb_label_t.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Closes#8397
Initially, metaslabs and space maps used to be the same thing
in ZFS. Later, we started differentiating them by referring
to the space map as the on-disk state of the metaslab, making
the metaslab a higher-level concept that is metadata that deals
with space accounting. Today we've managed to split that code
furthermore, with the space map being its own on-disk data
structure used in areas of ZFS besides metaslabs (e.g. the
vdev-wide space maps used for zpool checkpoint or vdev removal
features).
This patch refactors the space map code to further split the
space map code from the metaslab code. It does so by getting
rid of the idea that the space map can have a different in-core
and on-disk length (sm_length vs smp_length) which is something
that is only used for the metaslab code, and other consumers
of space maps just have to deal with. Instead, this patch
introduces changes that move the old in-core length of the
metaslab's space map to the metaslab structure itself (see
ms_synced_length field) while making the space map code only
care about the actual space map's length on-disk.
The result of this is that space map consumers no longer have
to deal with syncing two different lengths for the same
structure (e.g. space_map_update() goes away) while metaslab
specific behavior stays within the metaslab code. Specifically,
the ms_synced_length field keeps track of the amount of data
metaslab_load() can read from the metaslab's space map while
working concurrently with metaslab_sync() that may be
appending to that same space map.
As a side note, the patch also adds a few comments around
the metaslab code documenting some assumptions and expected
behavior.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8328
note: which is non-standard. Use builtin 'command -v' instead. [SC2230]
note: Use -n instead of ! -z. [SC2236]
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#8367
The zpool iostat latency histograms (-w) has column names
'sync_queue' and 'async_queue', which do not match the man page, nor
the equivalent columns in average latency. Change the column
names to be 'syncq_wait' and 'asyncq_wait' to be consistent.
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8338
Currently the point of -L option in zdb is to disable leak
tracing and the loading of space maps because they are expensive,
yet still do leak detection in terms of space. Unfortunately,
there is a scenario where this is a lie. If we are using zdb -L
on a pool where a vdev is being removed, zdb_claim_removing()
will open the metaslab space maps of that device.
This patch makes it so zdb -L skips leak detection altogether
and ensures that no space maps are loaded.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8335
GCC 9.0 is complaining because we're trying to print strings that
are defined like this:
.zo_pool = { 'z', 't', 'e', 's', 't', '\0' },
Fix them by making them actual strings.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8330
The range_tree_verify function looks for a segment in a
range tree and panics if the segment is present on the
tree. This patch gives the function a more descriptive
name.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8327
If you try to get the userspace, groupspace or projectspace on a ZVOL,
the generated error results in passing EINVAL to
zfs_standard_error_fmt() when we should return a specific error to
inform the user that those properties aren't available on volumes.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8279
When `zpool iostat` fills the terminal the headers should be
printed again. `zpool iostat -n` can be used to suppress this.
If the command is not attached to a tty, headers will not be
printed so as to not break existing scripts.
Reviewed-by: Joshua M. Clulow <josh@sysmgr.org>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Damian Wojsław <damian@wojslaw.pl>
Closes#8235Closes#8262
Most callers that need to operate on a loaded metaslab, always
call metaslab_load_wait() before loading the metaslab just in
case someone else is already doing the work.
Factoring metaslab_load_wait() within metaslab_load() makes the
later more robust, as callers won't have to do the load-wait
check explicitly every time they need to load a metaslab.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8290
By design ztest will never inject non-repairable damage in to the
pool. Update the ztest_scrub() test case such that it waits for
the scrub to complete and verifies the pool is always repairable.
After enabling scrub verification two scenarios were encountered
which are the result of how ztest manages failure injection.
The first case is straight forward and pertains to detaching a
mirror vdev. In this case, the pool must always be scrubbed prior
the detach. Failure to do so can potentially lock in previously
repairable data corruption by removing all good copies of a block
leaving only damaged ones.
The second is a little more subtle. The child/offset selection
logic in ztest_fault_inject() depends on the calculated number of
leaves always remaining constant between injection passes. This
is true within a single execution of ztest, but when using zloop.sh
random values are selected for each restart. Therefore, when ztest
imports an existing pool it must be scrubbed before failure injection
can be safely enabled. Otherwise it is possible that it will inject
non-repairable damage.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8269
Currently, the functions dbuf_prefetch_indirect_done() and
dmu_assign_arcbuf_by_dnode() assume that dbuf_hold_level() cannot
fail. In the event of an error the former will cause a NULL pointer
dereference and the later will trigger a VERIFY. This patch adds
error handling to these functions and their callers where necessary.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8291
The ztest_ddt_repair() test is designed inflict damage to the
ddt which can be repairable by a scrub. Unfortunately, this
repair logic was broken at some point and it went undetected.
This issue is not specific to ztest, but thankfully this extra
redundancy is rarely enabled and even more rarely needed.
The root cause was identified to be the ddt_bp_create()
function called by dsl_scan_ddt_entry() which did not set the
dedup bit of the generated block pointer.
The consequence of this was that the ZIO_DDT_READ_PIPELINE was
never enabled for the block pointer during the scrub, and the
dedup ditto repair logic was never run. Note that for demand
reads which don't rely on ddt_bp_create() the required pipeline
stages would be enabled and the repair performed.
This was resolved by unconditionally setting the dedup bit in
ddt_bp_create(). This way all codes paths which may need to
perform a repair from a block pointer generated from the dtt
entry will be able too. The only exception is that the dedup
bit is cleared in ddt_phys_free() which is required to avoid
leaking space.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8270
Increase the default allowed number of reconstruction attempts.
There's not an exact right number for this setting. It needs
to be set large enough to cover any realistic failure scenarios
and small enough to avoid stalling the IO pipeline and invoking
the dead man detection.
The current value of 256 was empirically determined to be too
low based on multi-day runs of ztest. The fault injection code
would inject more damage than could be reconstructed given the
relatively small number of attempts. However, in all observed
cases the block could be reconstructed using a slightly higher
limit.
Based on local testing increasing the default value to 4096 was
determined to strike the best balance. Checking all combinations
takes less than 10s in the worst case, and has so far eliminated
the vast majority of false positives detected by ztest. This
delay is roughly on par with how long retries may be performed
to a misbehaving HDD and was deemed to be reasonable. Better to
err on the side of a brief delay rather than fail to reconstruct
the data.
Lastly, the -Y flag has been added to zdb to make it easy to try all
possible combinations when performing split block reconstruction.
For badly damaged blocks with 18 splits, they can be fully enumerated
within a few minutes. This has been done to ensure permanent errors
are never incorrectly reported when ztest verifies the pool with zdb.
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8271
The implementation of 'zfs remap' has proven to be problematic since
it modifies the objset (but not its logical contents) by dirtying
metadata without owning it. The consequence of which is that
dmu_objset_remap_indirects() is vulnerable to certain races.
For example, if we are in the middle of receiving into the filesystem
while it is being remapped. Then it is possible we could evict the
objset when the receive completes (see dsl_dataset_clone_swap_sync_impl,
or dmu_recv_end_sync), but dmu_objset_remap_indirects() may be still
using the objset. The result of which would be a panic.
Extended runs of ztest(8) have exposed other possible races which
can occur when using 'zfs remap'. Several of these have been fixed
but there may be others which have not yet been encountered and
diagnosed.
Furthermore, the ability to manually remap a filesystem is no longer
particularly useful now that the removal code can map large chunks.
Coupled with the fact that explaining what this command does and why
it may be useful requires a detailed understanding of the internals
of device removal. These are details users should not be bothered
with.
Therefore, the 'zfs remap' command is being disabled but not entirely
removed. It may be removed in the future or potentially reworked
to address the issues described above. Since 'zfs remap' has never
been part of a tagged release its removal is expected to have
minimal impact.
The ZTS tests have been updated to continue to exercise the command
to prevent atrophy, but it has been removed entirely from ztest(8).
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8238
Some minor spelling mistakes and typos. No functional changes.
Reviewed-by: Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8272
Only display the full details of the vdev initialization state
in 'zpool status' output when requested with the -i option.
By default display '(initializing)' after vdevs when they are
being actively initialized. This is consistent with the
established precident of appending '(resilvering), etc' and
fits within the default 80 column terminal width making it
easy to read.
Additionally, updated the 'zpool initialize' documentation to
make it clear the options are mutually exclusive, but allow
duplicate options like all other zfs/zpool commands.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8230
PROBLEM
========
When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will
create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does
this serially across many transaction groups which can result
in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may
appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel
the operation.
SOLUTION
=========
This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface
to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few
transaction groups.
When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it
in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread
that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled
wait for them to exit.
On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize
stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason
for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on
multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped.
This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed
"initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided
input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all
values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in
order to keep all of these checks in a single location.
Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used
for all other new sytle ioctls.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Closes#8230
PROBLEM
========
The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms
(e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are
"thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can
create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or
adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is
omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN
have been written.
SOLUTION
=========
This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the
background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty.
When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately,
and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with
concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out
something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme
can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the
vdev). Detailed design:
- new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...]
- start, suspend, or cancel initialization
- Creates new open-context thread for each vdev
- Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev
- Each metaslab:
- select a metaslab
- load the metaslab
- mark the metaslab as being zeroed
- walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate
them to ranges on the leaf vdev
- issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to
a free range on the metaslab we're working on
- continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been
"zeroed"
- reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed
- if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks.
- if no more metaslabs, then we're done.
- progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s
leaf zap object. The following information is stored:
- the last offset that has been initialized
- the state of the initialization process (i.e. active,
suspended, or canceled)
- the start time for the initialization
- progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows
information for each of the vdevs that are initializing
Porting notes:
- Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern
written by "zpool initialize".
- Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options.
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210ebCloses#8230
Almost all of the Python code in the respository has been updated
to be compatibile with Python 2.6, Python 3.4, or newer. The only
exceptions are arc_summery3.py which requires Python 3, and pyzfs
which requires at least Python 2.7. This allows us to maintain a
single version of the code and support most default versions of
python. This change does the following:
* Sets the default shebang for all Python scripts to python3. If
only Python 2 is available, then at install time scripts which
are compatible with Python 2 will have their shebangs replaced
with /usr/bin/python. This is done for compatibility until
Python 2 goes end of life. Since only the installed versions
are changed this means Python 3 must be installed on the system
for test-runner when testing in-tree.
* Added --with-python=<2|3|3.4,etc> configure option which sets
the PYTHON environment variable to target a specific python
version. By default the newest installed version of Python
will be used or the preferred distribution version when
creating pacakges.
* Fixed --enable-pyzfs configure checks so they are run when
--enable-pyzfs=check and --enable-pyzfs=yes.
* Enabled pyzfs for Python 3.4 and newer, which is now supported.
* Renamed pyzfs package to python<VERSION>-pyzfs and updated to
install in the appropriate site location. For example, when
building with --with-python=3.4 a python34-pyzfs will be
created which installs in /usr/lib/python3.4/site-packages/.
* Renamed the following python scripts according to the Fedora
guidance for packaging utilities in /bin
- dbufstat.py -> dbufstat
- arcstat.py -> arcstat
- arc_summary.py -> arc_summary
- arc_summary3.py -> arc_summary3
* Updated python-cffi package name. On CentOS 6, CentOS 7, and
Amazon Linux it's called python-cffi, not python2-cffi. For
Python3 it's called python3-cffi or python3x-cffi.
* Install one version of arc_summary. Depending on the version
of Python available install either arc_summary2 or arc_summary3
as arc_summary. The user output is only slightly different.
Reviewed-by: John Ramsden <johnramsden@riseup.net>
Reviewed-by: Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8096
The dmu_objset_remap_indirects_impl() logic depends on dnode_hold()
returning ENOENT for dnodes which will be freed and should be skipped.
This behavior can only be relied upon when taking a new hold and
while the caller has an open transaction. This ensures that the
open txg cannot advance and that a concurrent free will end up
in the same txg (which is critical). Relying on an existing hold
will not prevent dnode_free() from succeeding.
The solution is to take an additional dnode_hold() after assigning
the transaction. This ensures the remap will never dirty the dnode
if it was freed while we were waiting in dmu_tx_assign(, TXG_WAIT).
Randomly set zfs_object_remap_one_indirect_delay_ms in ztest. This
increases the likelihood of an operation racing with the remap.
Converted from ticks to milliseconds.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8215
Add an 'enclosure_symlinks' option to vdev_id.conf. This creates
consistently named symlinks to the enclosure devices (/dev/sg*) based
off the configuration in vdev_id.conf. The enclosure symlinks show
up in /dev/by-enclosure/<prefix>-<channel><num>. The links make it
make it easy to run sg_ses on a particular enclosure device. The
enclosure links are created in addition to the normal
/dev/disk/by-vdev links.
'enclosure_symlinks' is only valid in sas_direct configurations.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Simon Guest <simon.guest@tesujimath.org>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8194
While unlikely it is possible for dsl_destroy_head() to return
ENOSPC in the ztest_objset_destroy_cb(). This can occur even
when ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY is used with the dsl_sync_task().
Both the existence of a checkpoint and pending deferred frees
can cause this.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8206
As a result of the changes made in 8585, it's possible for an excessive
amount of vdev flush commands to be issued under some workloads.
Specifically, when the workload consists of mostly async write activity,
interspersed with some sync write and/or fsync activity, we can end up
issuing more flush commands to the underlying storage than is actually
necessary. As a result of these flush commands, the write latency and
overall throughput of the pool can be poorly impacted (latency
increases, throughput decreases).
Currently, any time an lwb completes, the vdev(s) written to as a result
of that lwb will be issued a flush command. The intenion is so the data
written to that vdev is on stable storage, prior to communicating to any
waiting threads that their data is safe on disk.
The problem with this scheme, is that sometimes an lwb will not have any
threads waiting for it to complete. This can occur when there's async
activity that gets "converted" to sync requests, as a result of calling
the zil_async_to_sync() function via zil_commit_impl(). When this
occurs, the current code may issue many lwbs that don't have waiters
associated with them, resulting in many flush commands, potentially to
the same vdev(s).
For example, given a pool with a single vdev, and a single fsync() call
that results in 10 lwbs being written out (e.g. due to other async
writes), that will result in 10 flush commands to that single vdev (a
flush issued after each lwb write completes). Ideally, we'd only issue a
single flush command to that vdev, after all 10 lwb writes completed.
Further, and most important as it pertains to this change, since the
flush commands are often very impactful to the performance of the pool's
underlying storage, unnecessarily issuing these flush commands can
poorly impact the performance of the lwb writes themselves. Thus, we
need to avoid issuing flush commands when possible, in order to acheive
the best possible performance out of the pool's underlying storage.
This change attempts to address this problem by changing the ZIL's logic
to only issue a vdev flush command when it detects an lwb that has a
thread waiting for it to complete. When an lwb does not have threads
waiting for it, the responsibility of issuing the flush command to the
vdevs involved with that lwb's write is passed on to the "next" lwb.
It's only once a write for an lwb with waiters completes, do we issue
the vdev flush command(s). As a result, now when we issue the flush(s),
we will issue them to the vdevs involved with that specific lwb's write,
but potentially also to vdevs involved with "previous" lwb writes (i.e.
if the previous lwbs did not have waiters associated with them).
Thus, in our prior example with 10 lwbs, it's only once the last lwb
completes (which will be the lwb containing the waiter for the thread
that called fsync) will we issue the vdev flush command; all of the
other lwbs will find they have no waiters, so they'll pass the
responsibility of the flush to the "next" lwb (until reaching the last
lwb that has the waiter).
Porting Notes:
* Reconciled conflicts with the fastwrite feature.
Authored by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Patrick Mooney <patrick.mooney@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Jerry Jelinek <jerry.jelinek@joyent.com>
Approved by: Joshua M. Clulow <josh@sysmgr.org>
Ported-by: Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9962
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/545190c6Closes#8188
This one line patch moves an assert in the function dump_dir()
below an error check that ensures it ran correctly. This ensures
zdb dumps the error that actually caused the problem, as opposed
to one of its symptoms.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8171
The verbose output of 'zpool list' was not correctly aligned due
to differences in the vdev name lengths. Minimally update the
code the correct the alignment using the same strategy employed
by 'zpool status'.
Missing dashes were added for the empty defaults columns, and
the vdev state is now printed for all vdevs.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7308Closes#8147
This patch fixes a small race condition in ztest_zil_remount()
that could result in a deadlock. ztest_device_removal() calls
spa_vdev_remove() which may eventually call spa_reset_logs().
If ztest_zil_remount() attempts to call zil_close() while this
is happening, it may fail when it asserts !zilog_is_dirty(zilog).
This patch simply adds locking to correct the issue.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8154
This commit fixes the following ASSERT in zfs_receive_one() when
receiving a send stream from a root dataset with the "-e" option:
$ sudo zfs snap source@snap
$ sudo zfs send source@snap | sudo zfs recv -e destination/recv
chopprefix > drrb->drr_toname
ASSERT at libzfs_sendrecv.c:3804:zfs_receive_one()
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8121
ztest currently uses the boolean flag ztest_device_removal_active
to protect some tests that may not run successfully if they occur
at the same time as ztest_device_removal(). Unfortunately, in the
event that ztest is in the middle of a device removal when it
decides to issue a SIGKILL, the device removal will be
automatically restarted (without setting the flag) when the pool
is re-imported on the next run. This patch corrects this by
ensuring that any in-progress removals are completed before running
further tests after the re-import.
This patch also makes a few small changes to prevent race conditions
involving the creation and destruction of spa->spa_vdev_removal,
since this field is not protected by any locks. Some checks that
may run concurrently with setting / unsetting this field have been
updated to check spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state instead. The most
significant change here is that spa_removal_get_stats() no longer
accounts for in-flight work done, since that could result in a NULL
pointer dereference.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8105
This change allows 'zpool split' to work with whole-disk devices and
updates the ZFS Test Suite with a new script to exercise this
functionality.
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#6643Closes#8133
Porting Notes:
* Use thread pools (tpool) API instead of introducing taskq interfaces
to libzfs.
* Use pthread_mutext for locks as mutex_t isn't available.
* Ignore alternative libshare initialization since OpenZFS-7955 is
not present on zfsonlinux.
Authored by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prashanth Sreenivasa <pks@delphix.com>
Authored by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8115
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/a3f0e2b569Closes#8092
This commit adds a new test case to the ZFS Test Suite to verify ZED
can detect when a device is physically removed from a running system:
the device will be offlined if a spare is not available in the pool.
We implement this by using the existing libudev functionality and
without relying solely on the FM kernel module capabilities which have
been observed to be unreliable with some kernels.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#1537Closes#7926
This patch adds a new slow I/Os (-s) column to zpool status to show the
number of VDEV slow I/Os. This is the number of I/Os that didn't
complete in zio_slow_io_ms milliseconds. It also adds a new parsable
(-p) flag to display exact values.
NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM SLOW
testpool ONLINE 0 0 0 -
mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 -
loop0 ONLINE 0 0 0 20
loop1 ONLINE 0 0 0 0
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#7756Closes#6885
ztest occasionally hits an assert that !zilog_is_dirty() during
zil_close(). This is caused by an interaction between 2 threads.
First, ztest_run() waits for each test thread to complete and
closes the associated dataset as soon as the thread joins. At
the same time, the ztest_vdev_add_remove() test may attempt to
remove the slog, which will open, dirty, and reset the logs on
every dataset in the pool (including those of other threads).
This patch simply ensures that we always join all of the test
threads before closing any datasets.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8094
This patch ensures that logs are replayed on all datasets prior
to starting ztest workers. This ensures that the call to
vdev_offline() a log device in ztest_fault_inject() will not fail
due to the log device being required for replay.
This patch also fixes a small issue found during testing where
spa_keystore_load_wkey() does not check that the dataset specified
is an encryption root. This check was present in libzfs, however.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8084
In order to validate the gang block code ztest is configured to
artificially force a fraction of large blocks to be written as
gang blocks. The default setting chosen for this was to
write 25% of all blocks 32k or larger using gang blocks.
The confluence of an unrealistically large number of gang blocks,
the aggressive fault injection done by ztest, and the split
segment reconstruction logic introduced by device removal has
resulted in the following type of failure:
zdb -bccsv -G -d ... exit code 3
Specifically, zdb was unable to open the pool because it was
unable to reconstruct a damaged block. Manual investigation
of multiple failures clearly showed that the block could be
reconstructed. However, due to the large number of damaged
segments (>35) it could not be done in the allotted time.
Furthermore, the large number of gang blocks was determined
to be the reason for the unrealistically large number of
damaged segments. In order to make this situation less
likely, this change both increases the forced gang block
size to 64k and reduces the frequency to 3% of blocks.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8080
Adds a libzutil for utility functions that are common to libzfs and
libzpool consumers (most of what was in libzfs_import.c). This
removes the need for utilities to link against both libzpool and
libzfs.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#8050
This minor bug was introduced with the port of the feature from
OpenZFS to ZoL. This patch fixes the issue that was caused by
a minor re-ordering from the original code.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8001
The root cause of these failures is that udev can notify the
ZED of newly created partition before its links are created.
Handle this by allowing an auto-replace to briefly wait until
udev confirms the links exist.
Distill this test case down to its essentials so it can be run
reliably. What we need to check is that:
1) A new disk, in the same physical location, is automatically
brought online when added to the system,
2) It completes the replacement process, and
3) The pool is now ONLINE and healthy.
There is no need to remove the scsi_debug module. After exporting
the pool the disk can be zeroed, removed, and then re-added to the
system as a new disk.
Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8051
From, https://lintlyci.github.io/Flake8Rules/rules/W605.html
As of Python 3.6, a backslash-character pair that is not a valid
escape sequence now generates a DeprecationWarning. Although this
will eventually become a SyntaxError, that will not be for several
Python releases.
Note 'float_pobj' was simply removed from arcstat.py since it
was entirely unused.
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8056
spa->spa_vdev_removal is created in a sync task that is initiated
via dsl_sync_task_nowait(). Since the task may not run before
spa_vdev_remove() returns, we must wait at least 1 txg to ensure
that the removal struct has been created.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8010
This patch fixes an issue where ztest's deadman thread would
trigger a panic because reconstructing artifically damaged
blocks would take too long to reconstruct. This patch simply
limits how often ztest inflicts split-block damage and how
many segments it can damage when it does.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8010
This patch resolves a problem where the -G option in both zdb and
ztest would cause the code to call __dprintf() to print zfs_dbgmsg
output. This function was not properly wired to add messages to the
dbgmsg log as it is in userspace and so the messages were simply
dropped. This patch also tries to add some degree of distinction to
dprintf() (which now prints directly to stdout) and zfs_dbgmsg()
(which adds messages to an internal list that can be dumped with
zfs_dbgmsg_print()).
In addition, this patch corrects an issue where ztest used a global
variable to decide whether to dump the dbgmsg buffer on a crash.
This did not work because ztest spins up more instances of itself
using execv(), which did not copy the global variable to the new
process. The option has been moved to the ztest_shared_opts_t
which already exists for interprocess communication.
This patch also changes zfs_dbgmsg_print() to use write() calls
instead of printf() so that it will not fail when used in a signal
handler.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8010
The zloop test has been failing in buildbot for the last few weeks
with various failures in ztest_deadman_thread(). This is due to the
fact that this thread is not stopped when performing pool import /
export tests as it should be. This patch simply corrects this.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8010
Currently, if a resilver is triggered for any reason while an
existing one is running, zfs will immediately restart the existing
resilver from the beginning to include the new drive. This causes
problems for system administrators when a drive fails while another
is already resilvering. In this case, the optimal thing to do to
reduce risk of data loss is to wait for the current resilver to end
before immediately replacing the second failed drive, which allows
the system to operate with two incomplete drives for the minimum
amount of time.
This patch introduces the resilver_defer feature that essentially
does this for the admin without forcing them to wait and monitor
the resilver manually. The change requires an on-disk feature
since we must mark drives that are part of a deferred resilver in
the vdev config to ensure that we do not assume they are done
resilvering when an existing resilver completes.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: @mmaybee
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7732
ZFS allows, by default, sharing of spare devices among different pools;
this commit simply restores this functionality for disk devices and
adds an additional tests case to the ZFS Test Suite to prevent future
regression.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7999
The boolean featureflags in use thus far in ZFS are extremely useful,
but because they take advantage of the zap layer, more interesting data
than just a true/false value can be stored in a featureflag. In redacted
send/receive, this is used to store the list of redaction snapshots for
a redacted dataset.
This change adds the ability for ZFS to store types other than a boolean
in a featureflag. The only other implemented type is a uint64_t array.
It also modifies the interfaces around dataset features to accomodate
the new capabilities, and adds a few new functions to increase
encapsulation.
This functionality will be used by the Redacted Send/Receive feature.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#7981
OpenZFS 9847 - leaking dd_clones (DMU_OT_DSL_CLONES) objects
We're leaking the dd_clones objects in dsl_dir_destroy_sync. This bug
appears to have been around forever. Thankfully the amount of space
typically involved is tiny.
In addition this adds a mechanism in ZDB to find objects in the MOS
which are leaked (not referenced anywhere).
Porting notes:
* Added dd_crypto_obj to ZDB MOS object leak tracking
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9847Closes#7979
The vdev_checkpoint_sm_object(), vdev_obsolete_sm_object(), and
vdev_obsolete_counts_are_precise() functions assume that the
only way a zap_lookup() can fail is if the requested entry is
missing. While this is the most common cause, it's not the only
cause. Attemping to access a damaged ZAP will result in other
errors.
The most likely scenario for accessing a damaged ZAP is during
an extreme rewind pool import. Under these conditions the pool
is expected to contain damaged objects and the import code was
updated to handle this gracefully. Getting an ECKSUM error from
these ZAPs after the pool in import a far less likely, therefore
the behavior for call paths was not modified.
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7809Closes#7921
The ZFS range locking code in zfs_rlock.c/h depends on ZPL-specific
data structures, specifically znode_t. However, it's also used by
the ZVOL code, which uses a "dummy" znode_t to pass to the range
locking code.
We should clean this up so that the range locking code is generic
and can be used equally by ZPL and ZVOL, and also can be used by
future consumers that may need to run in userland (libzpool) as
well as the kernel.
Porting notes:
* Added missing sys/avl.h include to sys/zfs_rlock.h.
* Removed 'dbuf is within the locked range' ASSERTs from dmu_sync().
This was needed because ztest does not yet use a locked_range_t.
* Removed "Approved by:" tag requirement from OpenZFS commit
check to prevent needless warnings when integrating changes
which has not been merged to illumos.
* Reverted free_list range lock changes which were originally
needed to defer the cv_destroy() which was called immediately
after cv_broadcast(). With d2733258 this should be safe but
if not we may need to reintroduce this logic.
* Reverts: The following two commits were reverted and squashed in
to this change in order to make it easier to apply OpenZFS 9689.
- d88895a0, which removed the dummy znode from zvol_state
- e3a07cd0, which updated ztest to use range locks
* Preserved optimized rangelock comparison function. Preserved the
rangelock free list. The cv_destroy() function will block waiting
for all processes in cv_wait() to be scheduled and drop their
reference. This is done to ensure it's safe to free the condition
variable. However, blocking while holding the rl->rl_lock mutex
can result in a deadlock on Linux. A free list is introduced to
defer the cv_destroy() and kmem_free() until after the mutex is
released.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9689
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/680
External-issue: DLPX-58662
Closes#7980
Historically, zpool status prints "(repairing)" for any drives that
have errors during a scrub:
NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM
mypool ONLINE 0 0 0
mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0
/tmp/file1 ONLINE 13 0 0 (repairing)
/tmp/file2 ONLINE 0 0 0
/tmp/file3 ONLINE 0 0 0
This was accidentally broken in "OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool
checkpoint" (d2734cc). This patch adds it back in.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#7779Closes#7978
Since native ZFS encryption was merged, we have been fighting
against a series of bugs that come down to the same problem: Key
mappings (which must be present during all I/O operations) are
created and destroyed based on dataset ownership, but I/Os can
have traditionally been allowed to "leak" into the next txg after
the dataset is disowned.
In the past we have attempted to solve this problem by trying to
ensure that datasets are disowned ater all I/O is finished by
calling txg_wait_synced(), but we have repeatedly found edge cases
that need to be squashed and code paths that might incur a high
number of txg syncs. This patch attempts to resolve this issue
differently, by adding a reference to the key mapping for each txg
it is dirtied in. By doing so, we can remove many of the
unnecessary calls to txg_wait_synced() we have added in the past
and ensure we don't need to deal with this problem in the future.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7949
Recent changes in the Linux kernel made it necessary to prefix
the refcount_add() function with zfs_ due to a name collision.
To bring the other functions in line with that and to avoid future
collisions, prefix the other refcount functions as well.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tim Schumacher <timschumi@gmx.de>
Closes#7963
Due to a flaw in 4589f3ae the number of unique combinations
could be calculated incorrectly. This could result in the
random combinations reconstruction being used when it would
have been possible to check all combinations.
This change fixes the unique combinations calculation and
simplifies the reconstruction logic by maintaining a per-
segment list of unique copies.
The vdev_indirect_splits_damage() function was introduced
to validate both the enumeration and random reconstruction
logic with ztest. It is implemented such it will never
make a known recoverable block unrecoverable.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #6900Closes#7934
torvalds/linux@59b57717f ("blkcg: delay blkg destruction until
after writeback has finished") added a refcount_t to the blkcg
structure. Due to the refcount_t compatibility code, zfs_refcount_t
was used by mistake.
Resolve this by removing the compatibility code and replacing the
occurrences of refcount_t with zfs_refcount_t.
Reviewed-by: Franz Pletz <fpletz@fnordicwalking.de>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tim Schumacher <timschumi@gmx.de>
Closes#7885Closes#7932
Bandwidth and iops are average per second while *_wait are averages
per request for latency or, for queue depths, an instantaneous
measurement at the end of an interval (according to man zpool).
When calculating the first two it makes sense to do
x/interval_duration (x being the increase in total bytes or number of
requests over the duration of the interval, interval_duration in
seconds) to 'scale' from amount/interval_duration to amount/second.
But applying the same math for the latter (*_wait latencies/queue) is
wrong as there is no interval_duration component in the values (these
are time/requests to get to average_time/request or already an
absulute number).
This bug leads to the only correct continuous *_wait figures for both
latencies and queue depths from 'zpool iostat -l/q' being with
duration=1 as then the wrong math cancels itself (x/1 is a nop).
This removes temporal scaling from latency and queue depth figures.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Gregor Kopka <gregor@kopka.net>
Closes#7945Closes#7694
This change prevents zstreamdump from crashing when trying to print
invalid nvlist data (DRR_BEGIN record) from a truncated send stream.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7917
This change improve the handling of invalid filesystem properties when
specified at pool creation: this is useful when 'zpool create -n'
(dry run) is executed to detect invalid fs-level options (-O) before
the actual command is run.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7620Closes#7878
When no permission set is defined for a dataset the create time
permissions are incorrectly shown as if they were a permission set.
This change simply correct how allow permissions are displayed.
This commit also fixes a small manpage formatting issue and adds the
"zfs_allow_003_pos" test case to the ZFS Test Suite.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7519Closes#7860
Allocation Classes add the ability to have allocation classes in a
pool that are dedicated to serving specific block categories, such
as DDT data, metadata, and small file blocks. A pool can opt-in to
this feature by adding a 'special' or 'dedup' top-level VDEV.
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Håkan Johansson <f96hajo@chalmers.se>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@chamcloud.com>
Reviewed-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregor Kopka <gregor@kopka.net>
Reviewed-by: Kash Pande <kash@tripleback.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#5182
We want newer versions of libzfs_core to run against an existing
zfs kernel module (i.e. a deferred reboot or module reload after
an update).
Programmatically document, via a zfs_ioc_key_t, the valid arguments
for the ioc commands that rely on nvpair input arguments (i.e. non
legacy commands from libzfs_core). Automatically verify the expected
pairs before dispatching a command.
This initial phase focuses on the non-legacy ioctls. A follow-on
change can address the legacy ioctl input from the zfs_cmd_t.
The zfs_ioc_key_t for zfs_keys_channel_program looks like:
static const zfs_ioc_key_t zfs_keys_channel_program[] = {
{"program", DATA_TYPE_STRING, 0},
{"arg", DATA_TYPE_UNKNOWN, 0},
{"sync", DATA_TYPE_BOOLEAN_VALUE, ZK_OPTIONAL},
{"instrlimit", DATA_TYPE_UINT64, ZK_OPTIONAL},
{"memlimit", DATA_TYPE_UINT64, ZK_OPTIONAL},
};
Introduce four input errors to identify specific input failures
(in addition to generic argument value errors like EINVAL, ERANGE,
EBADF, and E2BIG).
ZFS_ERR_IOC_CMD_UNAVAIL the ioctl number is not supported by kernel
ZFS_ERR_IOC_ARG_UNAVAIL an input argument is not supported by kernel
ZFS_ERR_IOC_ARG_REQUIRED a required input argument is missing
ZFS_ERR_IOC_ARG_BADTYPE an input argument has an invalid type
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#7780
Removing hardcoded paths in many scripts.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: bernie1995 <bernie.pikes@gmail.com>
Issue #7507Closes#7843
Assertion failed in arc_buf_destroy() when concurrently reading
block with checksum error.
Porting notes:
* The ability to zinject decompression errors has been added, but
this only works at the zio_decompress() level, where we have all
of the info we need to match against the user's zinject options.
* The decompress_fault test has been added to test the new zinject
functionality
* We attempted to set zio_decompress_fail_fraction to (1 << 18) in
ztest for further test coverage. Although this did uncover a few
low priority issues, this unfortuantely also causes ztest to
ASSERT in many locations where the code is working correctly since
it is designed to fail on IO errors. Developers can manually set
this variable with the '-o' option to find and debug issues.
Authored by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9403
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/fa98e487a9Closes#7822
Since zdb opens the pools read-only, it cannot damage the pool in the
event the pool is already imported either on the same host or on
another one.
If the pool vdev structure is changing while zdb is importing the
pool, it may cause zdb to crash. However this is unlikely, and in any
case it's a user space process and can simply be run again.
For this reason, zdb should disable the multihost activity test on
import that is normally run.
This commit fixes a few zdb code paths where that had been overlooked.
It also adds tests to ensure that several common use cases handle this
properly in the future.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Gu Zheng <guzheng2331314@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7797Closes#7801
argv[] gets modified during string parsing for input arguments. This
is reflected in the live process listing. Don't do that.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#7760
This change simply documents the existing "scripted mode" option in
both command help and man page.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7798
This change allows the arcstat.py script to handle unsupported options
gracefully and print both error and usage messages when one such option
is provided.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7799
When running ztest, never suspend the pool due to failed or delayed
MMP writes.
There are many sources of long delays within ztest, such as device
opens, closes, etc. which in combination, may delay MMP writes too
long and cause MMP to suspend the pool.
Some of these delays also affect real pools, and should be fixed.
That is being worked separately.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7776
- Add two new module parameters to icp (icp_aes_impl, icp_gcm_impl)
that control the crypto implementation. At the moment there is a
choice between generic and aesni (on platforms that support it).
- This enables support for AES-NI and PCLMULQDQ-NI on AMD Family
15h (bulldozer) and newer CPUs (zen).
- Modify aes_key_t to track what implementation it was generated
with as key schedules generated with various implementations
are not necessarily interchangable.
Reviewed by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathaniel R. Lewis <linux.robotdude@gmail.com>
Closes#7102Closes#7103
= Motivation
While dealing with another performance issue (see 126118f) we noticed
that we spend a lot of time in various places in the kernel when
constructing long nvlists. The problem is that when an nvlist is created
with the NV_UNIQUE_NAME set (which is the case most of the time), we do
a linear search through the whole list to ensure uniqueness for every
entry we add.
An example of the above scenario can be seen in the following
flamegraph, where more than have the time of the zfsdev_ioctl() is spent
on constructing nvlists. Flamegraph:
https://sdimitro.github.io/img/flame/sdimitro_snap_unmount3.svg
Adding a table to speed up lookups will help situations where we just
construct an nvlist (like the scenario above), in addition to regular
lookups and removals.
= What this patch does
In this diff we've implemented a hash-table on top of the nvlist code
that converts most nvlist operations from O(# number of entries) to
O(1)* (the start is for amortized time as the hash-table grows and
shrinks depending on the # of entries - plain lookup is strictly O(1)).
= Performance Analysis
To analyze the performance improvement I just used the setup from the
snapshot deletion issue mentioned above in the Motivation section.
Basically I created 10K filesystems with one snapshot each and then I
just used the API of libZFS_Core to pass down an nvlist of all the
snapshots to have them deleted. The reason I used my own driver program
was to have clean performance results of what actually happens in the
kernel. The flamegraphs and wall clock times mentioned below were
gathered from the start to the end of the driver program's run. Between
trials the testpool used was completely destroyed, the system was
rebooted and the testpool was completely recreated. The reason for this
dance was to get consistent results.
== Results (before patch):
=== Sampling Flamegraphs
[Trial 1] https://sdimitro.github.io/img/flame/DLPX-53417/trial-A.svg
[Trial 2] https://sdimitro.github.io/img/flame/DLPX-53417/trial-A2.svg
[Trial 3] https://sdimitro.github.io/img/flame/DLPX-53417/trial-A3.svg
=== Wall clock times (in seconds)
```
[Trial 4]
real 5.3
user 0.4
sys 2.3
[Trial 5]
real 8.2
user 0.4
sys 2.4
[Trial 6]
real 6.0
user 0.5
sys 2.3
```
== Results (after patch):
=== Sampling Flamegraphs
[Trial 1] https://sdimitro.github.io/img/flame/DLPX-53417/trial-Ae.svg
[Trial 2] https://sdimitro.github.io/img/flame/DLPX-53417/trial-A2e.svg
[Trial 3] https://sdimitro.github.io/img/flame/DLPX-53417/trial-A3e.svg
=== Wall clock times (in seconds)
```
[Trial 4]
real 4.9
user 0.0
sys 0.9
[Trial 5]
real 3.8
user 0.0
sys 0.9
[Trial 6]
real 3.6
user 0.0
sys 0.9
```
== Analysis
The results between the trials are consistent so in this sections I will
only talk about the flamegraph results from trial-1 and the wall-clock
results from trial-4.
From trial-1 we can see that zfs_dev_ioctl() goes from 2,331 to 996
samples counts. Specifically, the samples from fnvlist_add_nvlist() and
spa_history_log_nvl() are almost gone (~500 & ~800 to 5 & 5 samples),
leaving zfs_ioc_destroy_snaps() to dominate most samples from
zfs_dev_ioctl().
From trial-4 we see that the user time dropped to 0 secods. I believe
the consistent 0.4 seconds before my patch was applied was due to my
driver program constructing the long nvlist of snapshots so it can pass
it to the kernel. As for the system time, the effect there is more clear
(2.3 down to 0.9 seconds).
Porting Notes:
* DATA_TYPE_DONTCARE case added to switch in fm_nvprintr() and
zpool_do_events_nvprint().
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9580
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/b5eca7b1Closes#7748
While the autoexpand property may seem like a small feature it
depends on a significant amount of system infrastructure. Enough
of that infrastructure is now in place that with a few modifications
for Linux it can be supported.
Auto-expand works as follows; when a block device is modified
(re-sized, closed after being open r/w, etc) a change uevent is
generated for udev. The ZED, which is monitoring udev events,
passes the change event along to zfs_deliver_dle() if the disk
or partition contains a zfs_member as identified by blkid.
From here the device is matched against all imported pool vdevs
using the vdev_guid which was read from the label by blkid. If
a match is found the ZED reopens the pool vdev. This re-opening
is important because it allows the vdev to be briefly closed so
the disk partition table can be re-read. Otherwise, it wouldn't
be possible to report the maximum possible expansion size.
Finally, if the property autoexpand=on a vdev expansion will be
attempted. After performing some sanity checks on the disk to
verify that it is safe to expand, the primary partition (-part1)
will be expanded and the partition table updated. The partition
is then re-opened (again) to detect the updated size which allows
the new capacity to be used.
In order to make all of the above possible the following changes
were required:
* Updated the zpool_expand_001_pos and zpool_expand_003_pos tests.
These tests now create a pool which is layered on a loopback,
scsi_debug, and file vdev. This allows for testing of non-
partitioned block device (loopback), a partition block device
(scsi_debug), and a file which does not receive udev change
events. This provided for better test coverage, and by removing
the layering on ZFS volumes there issues surrounding layering
one pool on another are avoided.
* zpool_find_vdev_by_physpath() updated to accept a vdev guid.
This allows for matching by guid rather than path which is a
more reliable way for the ZED to reference a vdev.
* Fixed zfs_zevent_wait() signal handling which could result
in the ZED spinning when a signal was not handled.
* Removed vdev_disk_rrpart() functionality which can be abandoned
in favor of kernel provided blkdev_reread_part() function.
* Added a rwlock which is held as a writer while a disk is being
reopened. This is important to prevent errors from occurring
for any configuration related IOs which bypass the SCL_ZIO lock.
The zpool_reopen_007_pos.ksh test case was added to verify IO
error are never observed when reopening. This is not expected
to impact IO performance.
Additional fixes which aren't critical but were discovered and
resolved in the course of developing this functionality.
* Added PHYS_PATH="/dev/zvol/dataset" to the vdev configuration for
ZFS volumes. This is as good as a unique physical path, while the
volumes are not used in the test cases anymore for other reasons
this improvement was included.
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#120Closes#2437Closes#5771Closes#7366Closes#7582Closes#7629
When running zdb without additional arguments against a pool containing
a checkpoint the entire checkpoint spacemap should not be dumped. Make
this behavior conditional upon passing the -mmmm option as described in
the zdb(8) man page.
-mmmm Display every spacemap record.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7702
Add a default 4 KiB ashift for Amazon EC2 NVMe devices on instances with
NVMe ephemeral devices, such as the types c5d, f1, i3 and m5d.
As per the official documentation [1] a 4096 byte blocksize should be
used to match the underlying hardware.
The string was identified via:
$ sudo sginfo -M /dev/nvme0n1
INQUIRY response (cmd: 0x12)
----------------------------
Device Type 0
Vendor: NVMe
Product: Amazon EC2 NVMe
Revision level:
$ lsblk -io KNAME,TYPE,SIZE,MODEL
KNAME TYPE SIZE MODEL
nvme0n1 disk 442.4G Amazon EC2 NVMe Instance Storage
[1] https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/
storage-optimized-instances.html
Retrived 2018-07-03
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Troels Nørgaard <tnn@tradeshift.com>
Closes#7676
Motivation
==========
The current space map encoding has the following disadvantages:
[1] Assuming 512 sector size each entry can represent at most 16MB for a segment.
This makes the encoding very inefficient for large regions of space.
[2] As vdev-wide space maps have started to be used by new features (i.e.
device removal, zpool checkpoint) we've started imposing limits in the
vdevs that can be used with them based on the maximum addressable offset
(currently 64PB for a top-level vdev).
New encoding
============
The layout can be found at space_map.h and it remains backwards compatible with
the old one. The introduced two-word entry format, besides extending the limits
imposed by the single-entry layout, also includes a vdev field and some extra
padding after its prefix.
The extra padding after the prefix should is reserved for future usage (e.g.
new prefixes for future encodings or new fields for flags). The new vdev field
not only makes the space maps more self-descriptive, but also opens the doors
for pool-wide space maps (expected to be used in the log spacemap project).
One final important note is that the number of bits used for vdevs is reduced
to 24 bits for blkptrs. That was decided as we don't know of any setups that
use more than 16M vdevs for the time being and we wanted to fit the vdev field
in the space map. In addition that gives us some extra bits in dva_t.
Other references:
=================
The new encoding is also discussed towards the end of the Log Space Map
presentation from 2017's OpenZFS summit.
Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jj2IxRkl5bQ
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/90a56e6d
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9238Closes#7665
Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can
be found in this blogpost:
https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/
A lightning talk of this feature can be found here:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM
Implementation details can be found in big block comment of
spa_checkpoint.c
Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained
elsewhere:
* renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without
losing meaning
* space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a
parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space
maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable
(space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab
space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all
over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably
not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm
or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a
1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger
block size.
Porting notes:
* The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has
been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function.
* Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write
to block device backed pools.
* ZTS:
* Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg".
* Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in
checkpoint_capacity.
* Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation =
SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed
its attempts to fill the pool
* Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up
the "setup" phase.
* Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid
duplicate pool issues.
* The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known
to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER.
* New module parameters:
zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit,
zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only)
vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev)
vdev_min_ms_count
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8Closes#7570
This patch adds tunables for modifying the maximum memory limit and
maximum instruction limit that can be specified when running a channel
program.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov
Reviewed-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
External-issue: LX-1085
Closes#7618
Commit 2ffd89fc allowed two new errors to be reported by zil_reset()
in order to provide a descriptive error message regarding why a log
device could not be removed. However, the new return values were
not handled in the ztest_vdev_add_remove() test case resulting in
ztest failures during automated testing.
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7630
zpool and zed place scripts in subdirectories of libexecdir. Some
distributions locate architecture independent scripts in other locations
(e.g. Debian). To avoid these paths getting out of sync, centralize the
definitions.
Build zfs-test's default.cfg by Makefile. Use the new directory
logic building tests/zfs-tests/include/default.cfg.in.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7597
Currently, during a recursive zfs destroy the first error that is
encountered will stop the destruction of the datasets. Errors may
happen for a variety of reasons including competing deletions
and busy datasets.
This patch switches recursive destroy to always do a best-effort
recursive dataset destroy.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#7574
1. Add a proc entry to display the pool's state:
$ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/tank/state
ONLINE
This is done without using the spa config locks, so it will
never hang.
2. Fix 'zpool status' and 'zpool list -o health' output to print
"SUSPENDED" instead of "ONLINE" for suspended pools.
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#7331Closes#7563
The only remaining consumer of the rwlock compatibility wrappers
is ztest. Remove the wrappers and convert the few remaining
calls to the underlying pthread functions.
rwlock_init() -> pthread_rwlock_init()
rwlock_destroy() -> pthread_rwlock_destroy()
rw_rdlock() -> pthread_rwlock_rdlock()
rw_wrlock() -> pthread_rwlock_wrlock()
rw_unlock() -> pthread_rwlock_unlock()
Note pthread_rwlock_init() defaults to PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE
which is equivilant to the USYNC_THREAD behavior. There is no
functional change.
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7591
We want to be able to pass various settings during import/open of a
pool, which are not only related to rewind. Instead of adding a new
policy and duplicate a bunch of code, we should just rename
rewind_policy to a more generic term like load_policy.
For instance, we'd like to set spa->spa_import_flags from the nvlist,
rather from a flags parameter passed to spa_import as in some cases we
want those flags not only for the import case, but also for the open
case. One such flag could be ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG (as used in zdb)
which would allow zfs to open a pool when logs are missing.
Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9235
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/d2b1e44Closes#7532
Minimal changes required to integrate the SPL sources in to the
ZFS repository build infrastructure and packaging.
Build system and packaging:
* Renamed SPL_* autoconf m4 macros to ZFS_*.
* Removed redundant SPL_* autoconf m4 macros.
* Updated the RPM spec files to remove SPL package dependency.
* The zfs package obsoletes the spl package, and the zfs-kmod
package obsoletes the spl-kmod package.
* The zfs-kmod-devel* packages were updated to add compatibility
symlinks under /usr/src/spl-x.y.z until all dependent packages
can be updated. They will be removed in a future release.
* Updated copy-builtin script for in-kernel builds.
* Updated DKMS package to include the spl.ko.
* Updated stale AUTHORS file to include all contributors.
* Updated stale COPYRIGHT and included the SPL as an exception.
* Renamed README.markdown to README.md
* Renamed OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE to LICENSE.
* Renamed DISCLAIMER to NOTICE.
Required code changes:
* Removed redundant HAVE_SPL macro.
* Removed _BOOT from nvpairs since it doesn't apply for Linux.
* Initial header cleanup (removal of empty headers, refactoring).
* Remove SPL repository clone/build from zimport.sh.
* Use of DEFINE_RATELIMIT_STATE and DEFINE_SPINLOCK removed due
to build issues when forcing C99 compilation.
* Replaced legacy ACCESS_ONCE with READ_ONCE.
* Include needed headers for `current` and `EXPORT_SYMBOL`.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
TEST_ZIMPORT_SKIP="yes"
Closes#7556
16MB alloc in zdb_embedded_block() can cause cores in certain
situations (clang, gcc55).
Authored by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed by: Andriy Gapon <avg@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
* Replaces an equivalent fix previously made for Linux.
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9523
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/2c1964aCloses#7561
lib/libzfs/libzfs_mount.c:zfs_add_options provides the canonical
mount options used by a `zfs mount` command. Because we cannot call
`zfs mount` directly from a systemd.mount unit, we mirror that logic
in zfs-mount-generator.
The zed script is updated to cache these properties as well.
Include a mini-tutorial in the manual page, properly substitute
configuration paths in zfs-mount-generator.8.in, and standardize the
Makefile.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7453
Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool
load (and import) process. This includes:
7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions
8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed
7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's
To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the
import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the
pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes
what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config,
and then all the vdevs are opened.
The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects
that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the
pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from
userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree
of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely
operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early
on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was
a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned.
The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it
made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev
configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS
is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be
perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted:
The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that
the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration
is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened.
When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled
to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are
performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev;
when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those
checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs.
This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross
vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool
from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much
safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't,
for instance, register a recent device addition.
With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a
long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level
(i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss
of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import.
Porting notes (ZTS):
* Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import
* The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several
of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not
being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly.
* Set/get tunables using accessor functions.
* Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism.
* Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced
and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be
exported if there is an error.
* Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger
ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's
no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had
already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things,
the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system,
makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to
parted and can make some of the tests fail.
* Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test
configuration now that FILESIZE is larger.
* Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in
a couple tests.
* Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists.
* Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed.
Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com>
Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123Closes#7459
Currently `zdb` consistently fails to examine non-idle pools as it
fails during the `spa_load()` process. The main problem seems to be
that `spa_load_verify()` fails as can be seen below:
$ sudo zdb -d -G dcenter
zdb: can't open 'dcenter': I/O error
ZFS_DBGMSG(zdb):
spa_open_common: opening dcenter
spa_load(dcenter): LOADING
disk vdev '/dev/dsk/c4t11d0s0': best uberblock found for spa dcenter. txg 40824950
spa_load(dcenter): using uberblock with txg=40824950
spa_load(dcenter): UNLOADING
spa_load(dcenter): RELOADING
spa_load(dcenter): LOADING
disk vdev '/dev/dsk/c3t10d0s0': best uberblock found for spa dcenter. txg 40824952
spa_load(dcenter): using uberblock with txg=40824952
spa_load(dcenter): FAILED: spa_load_verify failed [error=5]
spa_load(dcenter): UNLOADING
This change makes `spa_load_verify()` a dryrun when ran from
`zdb`. This is done by creating a global flag in zfs and then setting
it in `zdb`.
Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Andy Stormont <astormont@racktopsystems.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/8962
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/180ad792Closes#7459
9421 zdb should detect and print out the number of "leaked" objects
9422 zfs diff and zdb should explicitly mark objects that are on
the deleted queue
It is possible for zfs to "leak" objects in such a way that they are not
freed, but are also not accessible via the POSIX interface. As the only
way to know that this is happened is to see one of them directly in a
zdb run, or by noting unaccounted space usage, zdb should be enhanced to
count these objects and return failure if some are detected.
We have access to the delete queue through the zfs_get_deleteq function;
we should call it in dump_znode to determine if the object is on the
delete queue. This is not the most efficient possible method, but it is
the simplest to implement, and should suffice for the common case where
there few objects on the delete queue.
Also zfs diff and zdb currently traverse every single dnode in a dataset
and tries to figure out the path of the object by following it's parent.
When an object is placed on the delete queue, for all practical purposes
it's already discarded, it's parent might not exist anymore, and another
object might now have the object number that belonged to the parent.
While all of the above makes sense, when trying to figure out the path
of an object that is on the delete queue, we can run into issues where
either it is impossible to determine the path because the parent is
gone, or another dnode has taken it's place and thus we are returned a
wrong path.
We should therefore avoid trying to determine the path of an object on
the delete queue and mark the object itself as being on the delete queue
to avoid confusion. To achieve this, we currently have two ideas:
1. When putting an object on the delete queue, change it's parent object
number to a known constant that means NULL.
2. When displaying objects, first check if it is present on the delete
queue.
Authored by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Approved by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9421
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9422
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/45ae0dd9caCloses#7500
This patch adds the ability for zinject to trigger decryption
and authentication faults in the ZIO and ARC layers. This
functionality is exposed via the new "decrypt" error type, which
may be provided for "data" object types.
This patch also refactors some of the core encryption / decryption
functions so that they have consistent prototypes, handle errors
consistently, and do not have unused arguments.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7474
We should use zfs_dbgmsg instead of spa_dbgmsg. Or at least,
metaslab_condense() should call zfs_dbgmsg because it's important and
rare enough to always log. It's possible that the message in
zio_dva_allocate() would be too high-frequency for zfs_dbgmsg.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Patch Notes:
* Removed ZFS_DEBUG_SPA from zfs-module-parameters.5
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9236
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/cfaba7f668Closes#7467
Only filesystems and volumes are valid 'zfs remap' parameters: when
passed a snapshot name zfs_remap_indirects() does not handle the
EINVAL returned from libzfs_core, which results in failing an assertion
and consequently crashing.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7454
This patch fixes 2 issues in how spill blocks are processed during
raw sends. The first problem is that compressed spill blocks were
using the logical length rather than the physical length to
determine how much data to dump into the send stream. The second
issue is a typo that caused the spill record's object number to be
used where the objset's ID number was required. Both issues have
been corrected, and the payload_size is now printed in zstreamdump
for future debugging.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7378Closes#7432
Authored by: Matt Ahrens <Matt.Ahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9280
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/243952cCloses#7445
Remove duplicate segment copies to minimize the possible search
space for reconstruction. Once reduced an accurate assessment can
be made regarding the difficulty in reconstructing the block.
Also, ztest will now run zdb with
zfs_reconstruct_indirect_combinations_max set to 1000000 in an attempt
to avoid checksum errors.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6900
Mirrors are supposed to provide redundancy in the face of whole-disk
failure and silent damage (e.g. some data on disk is not right, but ZFS
hasn't detected the whole device as being broken). However, the current
device removal implementation bypasses some of the mirror's redundancy.
Note that in no case is incorrect data returned, but we might get a
checksum error when we should have been able to find the right data.
There are two underlying problems:
1. When we remove a mirror device, we only read one side of the mirror.
Since we can't verify the checksum, this side may be silently bad, but
the good data is on the other side of the mirror (which we didn't read).
This can cause the removal to "bake in" the busted data – all copies of
the data in the new location are the same, busted version, while we left
the good version behind.
The fix for this is to read and copy both sides of the mirror. If the
old and new vdevs are mirrors, we will read both sides of the old
mirror, and write each copy to the corresponding side of the new mirror.
(If the old and new vdevs have a different number of children, we will
do this as best as possible.) Even though we aren't verifying checksums,
this ensures that as long as there's a good copy of the data, we'll have
a good copy after the removal, even if there's silent damage to one side
of the mirror. If we're removing a mirror that has some silent damage,
we'll have exactly the same damage in the new location (assuming that
the new location is also a mirror).
2. When we read from an indirect vdev that points to a mirror vdev, we
only consider one copy of the data. This can lead to reduced effective
redundancy, because we might read a bad copy of the data from one side
of the mirror, and not retry the other, good side of the mirror.
Note that the problem is not with the removal process, but rather after
the removal has completed (having copied correct data to both sides of
the mirror), if one side of the new mirror is silently damaged, we
encounter the problem when reading the relocated data via the indirect
vdev. Also note that the problem doesn't occur when ZFS knows that one
side of the mirror is bad, e.g. when a disk entirely fails or is
offlined.
The impact is that reads (from indirect vdevs that point to mirrors) may
return a checksum error even though the good data exists on one side of
the mirror, and scrub doesn't repair all data on the mirror (if some of
it is pointed to via an indirect vdev).
The fix for this is complicated by "split blocks" - one logical block
may be split into two (or more) pieces with each piece moved to a
different new location. In this case we need to read all versions of
each split (one from each side of the mirror), and figure out which
combination of versions results in the correct checksum, and then repair
the incorrect versions.
This ensures that we supply the same redundancy whether you use device
removal or not. For example, if a mirror has small silent errors on all
of its children, we can still reconstruct the correct data, as long as
those errors are at sufficiently-separated offsets (specifically,
separated by the largest block size - default of 128KB, but up to 16MB).
Porting notes:
* A new indirect vdev check was moved from dsl_scan_needs_resilver_cb()
to dsl_scan_needs_resilver(), which was added to ZoL as part of the
sequential scrub work.
* Passed NULL for zfs_ereport_post_checksum()'s zbookmark_phys_t
parameter. The extra parameter is unique to ZoL.
* When posting indirect checksum errors the ABD can be passed directly,
zfs_ereport_post_checksum() is not yet ABD-aware in OpenZFS.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9290
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/591Closes#6900
OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete
This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool
with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool.
This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed
onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location.
After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed
(now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location
on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool
is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations
on the indirect vdev.
The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries
become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers
in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use
it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots
that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it
have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an
indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped"
to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be
accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all
indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs.
Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of
the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it
were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be
possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g.
the other side of the mirror.
At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed
and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz.
Porting Notes:
* Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children().
The device evacuation code adds a dependency that
vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child
array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux,
kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather
than NULL for zero-sized allocations.
* Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment
is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to
zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with
most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms.
* ZTS changes:
Use set_tunable rather than mdb
Use zpool sync as appropriate
Use sync_pool instead of sync
Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export
Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS
Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp
Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux
removal_multiple_indirection.ksh
Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code
coverage builders.
removal_resume_export:
Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race
where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is
not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread
to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the
amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish
before the export has a chance to fail.
* MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices
has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update
mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly.
* Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool
feature which is not supported by OpenZFS.
* Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints.
* Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been
intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended,
but when running in the automated test environment they produce
unreliable results on the latest Fedora release.
They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is
merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1ebCloses#6900
zfs-mount-generator implements the "systemd generator" protocol,
producing systemd.mount units from the cached outputs of zfs list,
during early boot, integrating with systemd.
Each pool has an indpendent cache of the command
zfs list -H -oname,mountpoint,canmount -tfilesystem -r $pool
which is kept synchronized by the ZEDLET
history_event-zfs-list-cacher.sh
Datasets not in the cache will be loaded later in the boot process by
zfs-mount.service, including pools without a cache.
Among other things, this allows for complex mount hierarchies.
Reviewed-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7329
Currently, "zfs mount -a" will print a warning and fail to mount
any encrypted datasets that do not have a key loaded. This patch
makes the behavior of this failure consistent with other failure
modes ("zfs mount -a" will silently continue, explict "zfs mount"
will print a message and return an error code.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7382
Fix a bunch of (mostly) sprintf/snprintf truncation compiler
warnings that show up on Fedora 28 (GCC 8.0.1).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#7361Closes#7368
The changes piggyback JSON output support on top of channel programs
(#6558). This way the JSON output support is targeted to scripting
use cases and is easily maintainable since it really only touches
one function (zfs_do_channel_program()).
This patch ports Joyent's JSON nvlist library from illumos to enable
easy JSON printing of channel program output nvlist. To keep the
delta small I also took advantage of the fact that printing in
zfs_do_channel_program() was almost always done before exiting
the program.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#7281
When the pool is suspended, record whether it was due to an I/O error or
due to MMP writes failing to succeed within the required time.
Change spa_suspended from uint8_t to zio_suspend_reason_t to store the
reason.
When userspace queries pool status via spa_tryimport(), report the
reason the pool was suspended in a new key,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON.
In libzfs, when interpreting the returned config nvlist, report
suspension due to MMP with a new pool status enum value,
ZPOOL_STATUS_IO_FAILURE_MMP.
In status_callback(), which generates and emits the message when 'zpool
status' is executed, add a case to print an appropriate message for the
new pool status enum value.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7296
Change zfs destroy logic so destroying begins before
the entire list of snapshots is built.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kash Pande <kash@tripleback.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#7271
get_format_prompt_string() and zpool_state_to_name() return
a string literal which is read-only, thus they should return
`const char*`.
zpool_get_prop_string() returns a non-const string after
successful nv-lookup, and returns a string literal otherwise.
Since this function is designed to be used for read-only purpose,
the return type should also be `const char*`.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@osnexus.com>
Closes#7285
Some usage patterns like send/recv of replication streams can
produce a large number of events. In such a case, the current
all-syslog.sh zedlet will hold up to its name, and flood the
logs with mostly redundant information. Two mitigate this
situation, this changeset introduces to new variables
ZED_SYSLOG_SUBCLASS_INCLUDE and ZED_SYSLOG_SUBCLASS_EXCLUDE
to zed.rc that give more control over which event classes end
up in the syslog.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kobras <d.kobras@science-computing.de>
Closes#6886Closes#7260
1) The Coverity Scan reports some issues for the project
quota patch, including:
1.1) zfs_prop_get_userquota() directly uses the const quota
type value as the condition check by wrong.
1.2) dmu_objset_userquota_get_ids() may cause dnode::dn_newgid
to be overwritten by dnode::dn->dn_oldprojid.
2) This patch fixes related issues. It also enhances the logic
for zfs_project_item_alloc() to avoid buffer overflow.
3) Skip project quota ability check if does not change project
quota related things (id or flag). Otherwise, it will cause
chattr (for other non project quota flags) operation failed
if project quota disabled.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Fan Yong <fan.yong@intel.com>
Closes#7251Closes#7265
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: John Eismeier <john.eismeier@gmail.com>
Closes#7237
Add new script arc_summary3.py as a complete rewrite of the
arc_summary.py tool (see issue #6873)
Add new options:
-g/--graph - Display crude graphic representation
of ARC status and quit
-r/--raw - Print all available information as
minimally formatted list (for grep)
-s/--section - Print a single section. This
replaces -p/--page, which is kept for
backwards use but marked as
depreciated
Add new sections with information on ZIL and SPL. Notify user
if sections L2ARC and VDEV are skipped instead of failing
silently. Add warning that -p/--page option is depreciated.
Developed for Python 3.5.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Scot W. Stevenson <scot.stevenson@gmail.com>
Closes#6873Closes#6892
Add in SMART self-test results to zpool status|iostat -c. This
works for both SAS and SATA drives.
Also, add plumbing to allow the 'smart' script to take smartctl
output from a directory of output text files instead of running
it against the vdevs.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#7178
When invoked with wrong parameters 'zfs bookmark' fails to gracefully
validate user input and crashes.
This is a regression accidentally introduced in 587e228; this commit
adds additional tests to the ZFS Test Suite to exercise this codepath.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: KireinaHoro <i@jsteward.moe>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7228Closes#7229
* Add a zed script to kick off a scrub after a resilver. The script is
disabled by default.
* Add a optional $PATH (-P) option to zed to allow it to use a custom
$PATH for its zedlets. This is needed when you're running zed under
the ZTS in a local workspace.
* Update test scripts to not copy in all-debug.sh and all-syslog.sh by
default. They can be optionally copied in as part of zed_setup().
These scripts slow down zed considerably under heavy events loads and
can cause events to be dropped or their delivery delayed. This was
causing some sporadic failures in the 'fault' tests.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#4662Closes#7086
This adds the SMART attributes required to probe Samsung SSD and NVMe
(and possibly others) disks when using the "zpool status -c" command.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#7183Closes#7193
This change implements 'zfs send -b' which can be used to send only
received property values whether or not they are overridden by local
settings.
This can be very useful during "restore" operations from a backup pool
because it allows to send only the property values originally sent
from the backup source, even though they were later modified on the
destination either by a 'zfs set' operation, explicit 'zfs inherit' or
overridden during the receive process via 'zfs receive -o|-x'.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7156
CID 173243, 173245: Memory - corruptions (OVERRUN)
Added size argument to lcompat_sprintf() to avoid use of INT_MAX
CID 173244: Integer handling issues (OVERFLOW_BEFORE_WIDEN)
Added cast to uint64_t to avoid a 32 bit overflow warning
CID 173242: Integer handling issues (CONSTANT_EXPRESSION_RESULT)
Conditionally removed unused luai_numisnan() floating point check
CID 173241: Resource leaks (RESOURCE_LEAK)
Added missing close(fd) on error path
CID 173240: (UNINIT)
Fixed uninitialized variable in get_special_prop()
CID 147560: Null pointer dereferences (NULL_RETURNS)
Cleaned up bad code merge in dsl_dataset_promote_check()
CID 28475: Memory - illegal accesses (OVERRUN)
Fixed lcompat_sprintf() to use a size paramater
CID 28418, 28422: Error handling issues (CHECKED_RETURN)
Added function result cast to (void) to avoid warning
CID 23935, 28411, 28412: Memory - corruptions (ARRAY_VS_SINGLETON)
Added casts to avoid exposing result as an array
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#7181
Project quota is a new ZFS system space/object usage accounting
and enforcement mechanism. Similar as user/group quota, project
quota is another dimension of system quota. It bases on the new
object attribute - project ID.
Project ID is a numerical value to indicate to which project an
object belongs. An object only can belong to one project though
you (the object owner or privileged user) can change the object
project ID via 'chattr -p' or 'zfs project [-s] -p' explicitly.
The object also can inherit the project ID from its parent when
created if the parent has the project inherit flag (that can be
set via 'chattr +P' or 'zfs project -s [-p]').
By accounting the spaces/objects belong to the same project, we
can know how many spaces/objects used by the project. And if we
set the upper limit then we can control the spaces/objects that
are consumed by such project. It is useful when multiple groups
and users cooperate for the same project, or a user/group needs
to participate in multiple projects.
Support the following commands and functionalities:
zfs set projectquota@project
zfs set projectobjquota@project
zfs get projectquota@project
zfs get projectobjquota@project
zfs get projectused@project
zfs get projectobjused@project
zfs projectspace
zfs allow projectquota
zfs allow projectobjquota
zfs allow projectused
zfs allow projectobjused
zfs unallow projectquota
zfs unallow projectobjquota
zfs unallow projectused
zfs unallow projectobjused
chattr +/-P
chattr -p project_id
lsattr -p
This patch also supports tree quota based on the project quota via
"zfs project" commands set as following:
zfs project [-d|-r] <file|directory ...>
zfs project -C [-k] [-r] <file|directory ...>
zfs project -c [-0] [-d|-r] [-p id] <file|directory ...>
zfs project [-p id] [-r] [-s] <file|directory ...>
For "df [-i] $DIR" command, if we set INHERIT (project ID) flag on
the $DIR, then the proejct [obj]quota and [obj]used values for the
$DIR's project ID will be shown as the total/free (avail) resource.
Keep the same behavior as EXT4/XFS does.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Reviewed-by Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Fan Yong <fan.yong@intel.com>
TEST_ZIMPORT_POOLS="zol-0.6.1 zol-0.6.2 master"
Change-Id: Ib4f0544602e03fb61fd46a849d7ba51a6005693c
Closes#6290
Receiving an incremental stream after an interrupted "zfs receive -s"
fails with the message "dataset is busy": this is because we still have
the hidden clone ../%recv from the resumable receive.
Improve the error message suggesting the existence of a partially
complete resumable stream from "zfs receive -s" which can be either
aborted ("zfs receive -A") or resumed ("zfs send -t").
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7129Closes#7154
zdb -ed on objset for exported pool would failed with:
failed to own dataset 'qq/fs0': No such file or directory
The reason is that zdb pass objset name to spa_import, it uses that
name to create a spa. Later, when dmu_objset_own tries to lookup the spa
using real pool name, it can't find one.
We fix this by make sure we pass pool name rather than objset name to
spa_import.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#7099Closes#6464
SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE is too large for stack.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#7099
There are some issues in the zdb -R decompression implementation.
The first is that ZLE can easily decompress non-ZLE streams. So we add
ZDB_NO_ZLE env to make zdb skip ZLE.
The second is the random bytes appended to pabd, pbuf2 stuff. This serve
no purpose at all, those bytes shouldn't be read during decompression
anyway. Instead, we randomize lbuf2, so that we can make sure
decompression fill exactly to lsize by bcmp lbuf and lbuf2.
The last one is the condition to detect fail is wrong.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#7099Closes#4984
zcb_haderrors will be modified in zdb_blkptr_done, which is
asynchronous. So we must move this assignment after zio_wait.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#7099
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
We want to be able to run channel programs outside of synching
context. This would greatly improve performance for channel programs
that just gather information, as they won't have to wait for synching
context anymore.
=== What is implemented?
This feature introduces the following:
- A new command line flag in "zfs program" to specify our intention
to run in open context. (The -n option)
- A new flag/option within the channel program ioctl which selects
the context.
- Appropriate error handling whenever we try a channel program in
open-context that contains zfs.sync* expressions.
- Documentation for the new feature in the manual pages.
=== How do we handle zfs.sync functions in open context?
When such a function is found by the interpreter and we are running
in open context we abort the script and we spit out a descriptive
runtime error. For example, given the script below ...
arg = ...
fs = arg["argv"][1]
err = zfs.sync.destroy(fs)
msg = "destroying " .. fs .. " err=" .. err
return msg
if we run it in open context, we will get back the following error:
Channel program execution failed:
[string "channel program"]:3: running functions from the zfs.sync
submodule requires passing sync=TRUE to lzc_channel_program()
(i.e. do not specify the "-n" command line argument)
stack traceback:
[C]: in function 'destroy'
[string "channel program"]:3: in main chunk
=== What about testing?
We've introduced new wrappers for all channel program tests that
run each channel program as both (startard & open-context) and
expect the appropriate behavior depending on the program using
the zfs.sync module.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8677
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/17a49e15Closes#6558
Manoj Joseph
наб
Rich Ercolani
vermavipinkumar
Toomas Soome
Scott Colby
Matthew Ahrens
Alan Somers
Arshad Hussain
Yuri Pankov
Colm
pablofsf
Andrea Gelmini
Mike Swanson
Chunwei Chen
George Wilson
Tony Hutter
Brian Behlendorf
Thomas Lamprecht
Martin Matuška
Ryan Moeller
Christian Schwarz
Andriy Gapon
José Luis Salvador Rufo
Arshad Hussain
nssrikanth
Allan Jude
Antonio Russo
sterlingjensen
Matthew Ahrens
Prawn
Alexander Motin
Érico Nogueira Rolim
Attila Fülöp
Andrew Sun
Pavel Snajdr
Érico Rolim
Matthew Macy
Cy Schubert
Don Brady
Ryan Moeller
Richard Elling
Georgy Yakovlev
George Amanakis
xdch47
Spencer Kinny
Michael Niewöhner
tony-zfs
Arvind Sankar
Serapheim Dimitropoulos
Robert Novak
Kevin P. Fleming
Jorgen Lundman
felixdoerre
Paul Dagnelie
AJ Jordan
Petros Koutoupis
Philip Pokorny
alex
Niklas Haas
Joao Carlos Mendes Luis
Avatat
Mariusz Zaborski
Justin Keogh
Paul Zuchowski
Graham Christensen
Romain Dolbeau
Ned Bass
Tom Caputi
loli10K
Pavel Zakharov
Chunwei Chen
Ryan Moeller
Matthew Macy
Ben McGough
John Gallagher
loli10K
Sara Hartse
Mike Gerdts
Antonio Russo
Allan Jude
Michael Niewöhner
Eli Schwartz
Josh Soref
JMoVS
Tomohiro Kusumi
TerraTech
Sara Hartse
Olaf Faaland
kpande
jwittlincohen
Alek P
Allan Jude
Igor K
Serapheim Dimitropoulos
bunder2015
Damian Wojsław
Prakash Surya
Sebastien Roy
Gregor Kopka
Paul Dagnelie
Tim Schumacher
bernie1995
Rich Ercolani
DeHackEd
Nathan Lewis
Troels Nørgaard
Low-power
Serapheim Dimitropoulos
John Gallagher
Matt Ahrens
Nasf-Fan
John Eismeier
Scot W. Stevenson
